WO2013177954A1 - Method, terminal and network side for requesting ip supporting mobility - Google Patents

Method, terminal and network side for requesting ip supporting mobility Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013177954A1
WO2013177954A1 PCT/CN2013/000849 CN2013000849W WO2013177954A1 WO 2013177954 A1 WO2013177954 A1 WO 2013177954A1 CN 2013000849 W CN2013000849 W CN 2013000849W WO 2013177954 A1 WO2013177954 A1 WO 2013177954A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
address
prefix
terminal
mobility
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/000849
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
骆文
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2013177954A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013177954A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/26Network addressing or numbering for mobility support
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L2101/00Indexing scheme associated with group H04L61/00
    • H04L2101/60Types of network addresses
    • H04L2101/668Internet protocol [IP] address subnets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming
    • H04L61/50Address allocation
    • H04L61/5007Internet protocol [IP] addresses

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular, to a method, a terminal, and a network side for requesting acquisition of IP supporting mobility.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the IP address has a dual attribute that represents both the identity of the user and the location of the network topology in which the user is located.
  • IP address can only be used in the topology (for example, it can only be used within the scope of one access gateway).
  • This is of course no problem for fixed terminals, but for mobile terminals, the above IP address becomes an invalid address when the terminal moves from the scope of one access gateway to the scope of another access gateway.
  • the terminal must re-acquire a new IP address from the new topology. In this way, the continuity of the IP-based upper layer service cannot be guaranteed. For example, when the end user is making an IP call, the call is broken.
  • MIP Mobile IP
  • PMIP Proxy MIP
  • GTP Generic Tunnel Protocol
  • HA Home Agent
  • LMA Local Mobility Anchor
  • GGSN General Packet Radio Service Gateway support node
  • the common feature of these technologies is that when the terminal is attached to the access router (such as access router A shown in Figure 1), the access router sets a special route for the terminal, and the anchor network element of the access router itself and the terminal. A tunnel is established between them, and the anchor network element allocates an IP address to the terminal. In this way, all the IP packets sent to the terminal and the IP packets sent by the terminal to the outside are all routed through the tunnel.
  • the access router such as access router A shown in Figure 1
  • the access router sets a special route for the terminal, and the anchor network element of the access router itself and the terminal. A tunnel is established between them, and the anchor network element allocates an IP address to the terminal. In this way, all the IP packets sent to the terminal and the IP packets sent by the terminal to the outside are all routed through the tunnel.
  • VoIP Voice over Internet Portocol
  • the mobility management technology does not distinguish the requirements of the terminal application, but uniformly provides the mobility management support for the terminal.
  • the network does not need to provide mobility support for these terminals, otherwise it not only wastes system resources (for example, assigning anchor network elements to terminals). And establishing an unnecessary tunnel between the access router and the anchor network element, as shown in FIG. 1 , and returning the path of the IP packet sent and received by the terminal (that is, causing route detour), as shown in FIG. 1 , IP ⁇ ⁇ must be forwarded through the anchor network element.
  • routing detours increase the delay between sending and receiving IP data packets between the terminal and the peer end, which is not conducive to improving the user's service experience; on the other hand, it wastes the carrier's transmission bearer resources.
  • all data traffic must also bypass the anchor point, increasing the performance requirements for the anchor point, which is not conducive to cost savings. Summary of the invention
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method for requesting acquisition of a mobility IP, a terminal, and a network side, and solve the problem that the related technologies provide mobility support for all terminals, resulting in waste of resources.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for requesting acquisition of a mobility-enabled IP, including: after the access router receives a request message sent by the terminal requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal, The terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router acquires an IP that supports mobility. An address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the access router carries attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the access router After the access router receives the request message, when the terminal has a differentiated support mobile And the ability to support mobility IP addresses or prefixes, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router allocates mobility to the terminal. An IP address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the access router After the access router receives the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, the access router acquires an IP address supporting mobility. Or a prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the step of the access router determining whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility includes:
  • the access router carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time. Or the ability to prefix;
  • the access router determines, according to the initial network access of the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile.
  • Sexual IP address or prefix capability
  • the access router learns from the network element that stores the context information of the terminal whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target access router After the terminal is switched from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. If supported, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal to update the mobility context of the terminal; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the current The IP address or prefix used; or, The target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the step of the target access router determining whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility includes:
  • the target access router obtains, by the target access router, information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal; or, the target access router is configured according to the local The information determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility includes: when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router interacts with an anchor network element. And receiving the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or the prefix that supports the mobility includes: the access router assigning the IP address or prefix that supports the mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
  • the access router sends the IP address of the terminal and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the access router After the access router receives the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the access router directly sends the data packet. When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router sends the data packet by using a routing method based on the peer location.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target The access router After the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target The access router obtains an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. If supported, the target access router updates the location management server to the location management server. The location information of the terminal; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, The source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the access router When the access router is a gateway general packet radio service support node (GGSN): the access router acquires an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the steps include:
  • the GGSN allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal by the SGSN;
  • the method further includes:
  • the GGSN sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the GGSN carries attribute information to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility;
  • the SGSN records the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
  • PDP Packet Data Protocol
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target SGSN or the GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
  • the target SGSN or the GGSN For a mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, the target SGSN or the GGSN triggers the target GGSN to create a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updates the terminal to the location management server location information; For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
  • the target GGSN updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
  • the target GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • the step of the target GGSN determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility includes:
  • the target GGSN After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or the prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports the mobility; or the GGSN sends the context information to the SGSN after receiving the update PDP context request of the target SGSN.
  • the target GGSN the target GGSN receives the context information, where the context information carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target SGSN determines the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request. Whether to support mobility;
  • the target SGSN interacts with the target radio network controller to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility; For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN instructs the SGSN to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the SGSN determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility before sending the redirection request to the target SGSN.
  • the SGSN sends the mobility-relevant IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix to the target SGSN through the redirect request;
  • the SGSN deactivates the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above method can also have the following features.
  • P-GW packet data network gateway
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting mobility and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal includes:
  • the P-GW allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and sends the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the mobility management entity (MME) through the serving gateway (S-GW).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • the P-GW sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the MME of the terminal determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility
  • the MME deletes the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
  • PDN packet data network
  • the MME For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the MME triggers a PDN context to be created for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility at the target P-GW of the terminal, and to the location tube
  • the server updates the location information of the terminal.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the target S-GW or the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal, not the P-GW, Determining whether the target S-GW or the P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
  • the target S-GW or the P-GW triggers the target P-GW to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and manages the location to the location
  • the server updates location information of the terminal;
  • the target S-GW or the P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
  • the target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility
  • the target P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility
  • the target P-GW updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network side, including: an access router, where the access router is configured to: receive a request from a terminal, and the access router allocates an Internet Protocol (IP) address to the terminal or After the prefix request message, when the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the support mobile is acquired. a sexual IP address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is further configured to: carry attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests that is not supported When the IP address or prefix of the mobility is used, the terminal is assigned an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, and the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is returned to the terminal.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, obtain an IP address supporting mobility or Prefixing, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is configured to determine whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility by:
  • the terminal Whether the terminal carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time;
  • the terminal According to the initial network access of the terminal, whether it is stated that the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that distinguishes between mobility support and mobility.
  • the network element storing the context information of the terminal knows whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
  • the network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target access router, where:
  • the target access router is configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP address currently used by the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility, if supported, interacting with the anchor network element of the terminal, updating the mobility context of the terminal; if not, notifying the terminal Release the currently used IP address or prefix; or send a notification to the source access router; the access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the target access router is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
  • the access router is further configured to: send an IP address of the terminal and location information of the terminal to a location management server.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is further configured to: after receiving the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the data packet is directly sent; When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the data message is sent by using a routing method based on the peer location.
  • the network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target access router, Medium:
  • the target access router is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP currently used by the terminal. Whether the address or the prefix supports mobility, if supported, updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, notifying the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or sending a notification Giving the source access router;
  • the access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the access router is a GGSN:
  • the GGSN is configured to: allocate the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and send the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the SGSN; and send the support to the location management server a mobile IP address or prefix and location information of the terminal;
  • the SGSN is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes the SGSN, where: the GGSN is further configured to: carry attribute information to notify the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address supporting mobility. Or prefix;
  • the SGSN is further configured to: record the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
  • PDP Packet Data Protocol
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the GGSN is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target GGSN selected by the GGSN for the terminal is not the GGSN, determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal is supported. Mobility
  • IP address that does not support mobility for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility
  • PDP context corresponding to the address or prefix.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the target SGSN is configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, determine the IP address of the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility;
  • IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the network side may also have the following features: the network side further includes a target GGSN, where: the target GGSN is configured to: when the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, the GGSN, determine the terminal Whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility;
  • IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the target GGSN is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
  • the target GGSN After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports mobility.
  • the network side may also have the following feature, where the network side further includes a target SGSN, where: the target SGSN is further configured to: receive, in the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, After the redirect request sent by the SGSN, determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request supports mobility;
  • the SGSN For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the SGSN is instructed to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes an SGSN, where the SGSN is further configured to: send, in the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, to the target SGSN Before the redirection request, determining whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
  • IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes an MME, where, when the access router is a source P-GW:
  • the P-GW is configured to: allocate, to the terminal, the mobility-capable IP address or prefix, and send the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the MME by using a source S-GW; and, to a location
  • the management server sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal;
  • the MME is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the MME is further configured to: when the terminal initiates the handover, determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility:
  • IP address that does not support mobility for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility Or a packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the prefix;
  • PDN packet data network
  • the target P-GW at the terminal is triggered to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, and the location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server.
  • the above network side can also have the following features.
  • the P-GW is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal, not the P-GW Determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
  • the network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target S-GW, where: the target S-GW is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW And determining, by the target S-GW that the target P-GW selected by the terminal is not the P-GW, whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
  • the network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes a target P-GW, where the target P-GW is configured to: process that the terminal switches from the P-GW to the target P-GW Determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
  • the location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a terminal, which is configured to: send a request message to the access router, requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility for the terminal.
  • the network when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or a prefix supporting mobility from the network, the network requests the network. Only those applications that require mobility support will send and receive IP packets based on the above IP address or prefix, that is, only the traffic of these applications needs to bypass the anchor point, which greatly reduces the traffic required by the loop, thereby reducing The load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element.
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of mobility management in the related art.
  • Figure 2 is a flow chart of the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a flow chart of a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 4 is a flow chart of a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 is a flow chart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of identity location separation according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 7 is a flow chart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a flow chart of a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a 3G network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a flow chart of a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 is a flow chart of an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a flow chart of a ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a flow chart of a tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a flow chart showing an eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a structural diagram of an LTE network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a flow chart showing a twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is a flow chart showing a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a flow chart showing a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 19 is a flow chart showing a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. Preferred embodiment of the invention
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for requesting acquisition of a mobile IP address, including: after the access router receives a request message sent by the terminal requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal,
  • the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router acquires an IP that supports mobility.
  • An address or prefix and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
  • the method further includes: the access router carrying attribute information to notify the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the method further includes: after the access router receives the request message, when the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests Is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
  • the method further includes: after the access router receives the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, the access router Obtaining an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and transmitting the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal.
  • the step of determining, by the access router, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility includes:
  • the access router carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time. Or the ability to prefix;
  • the access router determines, according to the initial network access of the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile.
  • Sexual IP address or prefix capability
  • the access router learns from the network element that stores the context information of the terminal whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility includes:
  • the access router When the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router interacts with an anchor network element, and receives the support mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal. IP address or prefix.
  • the method further includes: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines that the terminal is currently used. Whether the IP address or the prefix supports the mobility, if supported, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, and updates the mobility context of the terminal; if not, the target connection The ingress router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the current The IP address or prefix used.
  • the step of determining, by the target access router, whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility includes:
  • the target access router obtains, by the target access router, information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal; or, the target access router is configured according to the local The information determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
  • identity location separation architecture LTE (Long Term Evolution, Long Term Evolution and 3G (The 3rd Generation, 3rd Generation) architecture.
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or the prefix that supports the mobility includes: the access router assigning the IP address or prefix that supports the mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
  • the access router sends the IP address or prefix of the terminal and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access router After the access router receives the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, the access router directly sends the data packet when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility. When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router sends the data packet by using a routing method based on the peer location.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target access router After the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports Mobility, if supported, the target access router updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix Or, the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
  • the access router acquires an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal
  • the steps include:
  • the method further includes:
  • the GGSN sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the method further includes:
  • the GGSN carries attribute information to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility; the SGSN records the IP address or prefix supporting mobility and the attribute information in the The packet data protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
  • PDP packet data protocol
  • the specific triggering network element may be a target SGSN, a GGSN, a target GGSN, or the like.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target SGSN or GGSN determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal is Support mobility;
  • the target SGSN or GGSN For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN triggers the target GGSN to create a PDP context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
  • the target SGSN or GGSN initiates deactivation of a PDP context corresponding to an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
  • the target GGSN updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
  • the target GGSN deactivates the unsupported The mobility IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix.
  • the step of determining, by the target GGSN, whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility includes:
  • the target GGSN After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports mobility.
  • the GGSN after receiving the update PDP context request of the target SGSN, the GGSN sends context information to the target GGSN, where the target GGSN receives context information, where the context information carries an IP address or a prefix of the terminal. Whether to support the indication of mobility.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target SGSN determines the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request. Whether to support mobility;
  • the target SGSN interacts with the target radio network controller to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility;
  • the target SGSN instructs the SGSN to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the method further includes:
  • the SGSN In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, before the SGSN sends a redirect request to the target SGSN, it is determined whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility.
  • the SGSN sends the mobility-relevant IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix to the target SGSN through the redirect request;
  • the SGSN deactivates the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
  • P-GW packet data network gateway
  • the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal includes:
  • the P-GW allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the mobility management entity (MME) through the serving gateway (S-GW), The MME returns the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • the method further includes:
  • the P-GW sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the IP address or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated, and a PDN context is triggered for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
  • the specific trigger network element may be an MME, a target S-GW, a P-GW, a target P-GW, or the like.
  • the method further includes:
  • the MME of the terminal determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility
  • the MME deletes the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
  • PDN packet data network
  • the MME For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the MME triggers a PDN context to be created for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility at the target P-GW of the terminal, and updates the terminal to the location management server location information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target S-GW or the P-GW determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility
  • the target S-GW or P-GW For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW triggers the target P-GW to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, and updates the location to the location management server The location information of the terminal; For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility
  • the target P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility
  • the target P-GW updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a terminal, which is configured to: send a request message to the access router, requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility for the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a network side.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal requests a network to support an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility.
  • the application requests (e.g., requests to the terminal's operating system) for an IP address that supports mobility.
  • the IP (or IP address or prefix) supporting the mobility is not configured on the terminal, the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility is requested from the network, and the following steps are specifically included.
  • Step 201 The terminal sends a request message to the access router to request the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal. At this time, the terminal carries an indication in the message to instruct the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • Step 202 After receiving the foregoing request message, when the access router views the foregoing indication (that is, when the received request message is a request message for requesting allocation of a mobile IP address or prefix), determining that the network is allocated to the terminal
  • the anchor network element interacts with the anchor network element to establish a mobility context for the terminal.
  • the anchor network element of the terminal assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix to the access router.
  • the access router and The anchor network element establishes a special route for the terminal. For example, a tunnel (PMIP tunnel, MIP tunnel, GTP tunnel, etc.) is established between the access router and the anchor network element.
  • a tunnel PMIP tunnel, MIP tunnel, GTP tunnel, etc.
  • the access router sends the packet to the anchor network element through the tunnel, and then the anchor network element sends the packet to the peer end.
  • the anchor network element sends the packet to the access router through the tunnel, and then the access router sends the packet to the terminal.
  • Step 203 The access router acquires an IP address or prefix that supports mobility assigned to the terminal by interacting with the anchor network element.
  • the access router returns a response message to the terminal, carrying the above IP address or prefix. While carrying the IP address or prefix, it also carries a description of the attribute of the IP address or prefix to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the network when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or prefix supporting mobility from the network, the network requests the network.
  • the terminal requests the mobile-enabled IP address or prefix from the network based on the needs of the application, such as the above, when the application requires mobility support.
  • the network allocates anchor network elements to the terminal, establishes special routes, and the like.
  • only those applications that require mobility support can send and receive IP packets based on the above IP addresses or prefixes, and only the traffic of these applications needs to bypass the anchor point, which greatly reduces the traffic required by the loop, thereby reducing The load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element.
  • the terminal may not carry the above indication when requesting the network to allocate an IP address or prefix (or carry another indication to indicate whether the request is not Supporting the mobility IP address or prefix), the access router directly assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal (ie, does not support the mobility IP address or prefix) and returns it to the terminal.
  • the terminal sends and receives IP packets based on such an IP address or prefix, it can directly send and receive IP packets through the access router.
  • One method is that when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address, it is always in the request message.
  • the access router explicitly indicates that the IP address or the prefix is required by the access router, and the access router determines that the terminal has the foregoing capability according to the foregoing indication. If the indication is not carried in the request message, the access router determines that the terminal does not have the foregoing capability.
  • the request message carries another indication to indicate that the two types of IP addresses or prefixes can be distinguished. If the indication is not carried, the access router determines that the terminal cannot distinguish between the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
  • the terminal may also declare to the access router that it can distinguish between two IP addresses or prefixes when initially entering the network; when the terminal does not declare, the default terminal of the access router does not have this capability.
  • the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved, such as the access authentication server, by the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes in the initial network access process.
  • the NE saves this information.
  • the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element that the user has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, it determines that the terminal does not have the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes. In this way, the access router can learn from the network element that saves the context information of the terminal that the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
  • the access router requests the terminal to support the mobility IP address or prefix when receiving the message that the terminal requests to allocate the IP address or the prefix. And sending to the terminal; if it is determined that the terminal has the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes, the terminal is allocated an IP address or prefix that supports or does not support mobility according to the method described in the above steps 201-203.
  • the path is: terminal ⁇ -> access router ⁇ -> peer; when the terminal is based on IP address or prefix supporting mobility When sending and receiving IP 4 messages, the path is: Terminal ⁇ -> Access Router ⁇ -> Anchor Network Element ⁇ -> Peer.
  • step 201 the terminal sends a route collection to the access router (Router)
  • the Solicitation (RS) message is used to request an IP address or a prefix.
  • the terminal carries the above indications in the message.
  • the access router uses a Router Advertisement (RA) to answer the terminal and carries the IP address assigned to the terminal. Or a prefix, and a description of the attribute carrying the IP address or prefix.
  • RA Router Advertisement
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a second embodiment of the present invention, and describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached access router due to mobility, for example, switching from a source access router to a target access router, specifically including the following step.
  • Step 301 The terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router.
  • the target access router can receive related messages originating from the network (e.g., source access router) or the terminal.
  • Step 302 The target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal.
  • the target access router can obtain the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal from the source access router or the above-mentioned network element that stores the terminal context information.
  • Steps 303-304 After obtaining the foregoing IP address or prefix, the target access router determines whether the IP address or the prefix supports mobility.
  • the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal to update the mobility context of the terminal. Specifically, the special route described in step 202 is set for the IP address or prefix on the target access router, and the special route that has been set on the anchor network element is updated (for example, in the target access router and the anchor network element). Establish a tunnel for the IP address or prefix). If the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the IP address or prefix; or the target access router notifies the source access router that the source access router notifies The terminal releases the IP address or prefix.
  • the target access router when the target access router obtains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, for example, when the source access router or the network element storing the context information of the terminal obtains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, Based on this information, the target access router can determine whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility. Or the target access router determines, according to the local configuration information, whether the IP address or the prefix is an IP that supports mobility. For example, an IP address or prefix that starts with 10 is for mobility, and a code that starts with 01 does not support mobility. Sexual. Step 305: After the terminal switches to the target access router, the target access router sends a message to the terminal to notify the terminal of the current IP address or the state of the prefix.
  • the message carries the information of the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to notify the terminal that the IP address or the prefix can continue to be used, and also carries the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix; the message may also carry the previously used by the terminal.
  • the mobility IP address or prefix is not supported, and is invalidated, and then the terminal is notified to release the IP address or prefix.
  • the message sent by the target access router to the terminal is the above RS message.
  • the session (Session) based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility will not be able to communicate with the peer.
  • the sessions (or applications) may request a new IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
  • the terminal requests the target access router to obtain an IP address that does not support mobility or Prefix).
  • DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
  • Step 401 The terminal sends a DHCP Discover message to the access router to request an IP address or a prefix for itself.
  • the terminal also carries the indication described in step 201 in the message to indicate that the request to assign an IP or prefix supporting mobility (or to indicate an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility).
  • Step 402 After receiving the foregoing message, the access router determines the IP address or prefix type requested by the terminal. If the terminal requests the mobility-enabled IP, the access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, obtains the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal from the anchor network element, and sets the terminal for the terminal, as described in step 202. Special route.
  • Step 403 The access router returns a DHCP Offer message to the terminal, where the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility).
  • Step 404 The terminal sends a DHCP Request (DHCP Request) message to the access router, where the IP address or prefix allocated by the terminal is carried.
  • Step 405 The access router returns a DHCP acknowledgement (DHCPACK) message carrying the assigned IP address or prefix.
  • DHCP Request DHCP Request
  • DHCPACK DHCP acknowledgement
  • the access router when receiving the DHCP Discover message, if the terminal requests to support the mobility IP address or prefix, when the access router interacts with the anchor network element to request the anchor network element to assign an IP address or prefix to the terminal, The access router and the anchor network element may also not set a special route (establishing a tunnel, etc.) for the terminal at this time. After receiving the DHCP Request message in step 404, the access router sends another message to the anchor network element to trigger itself and the anchor network element to set a special route for the terminal. It is also worth noting that if the terminal requests an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the access router does not need to interact with the anchor network element, and directly assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal.
  • Figure 5 is a flow chart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention. It is assumed that the terminal uses the DHCP protocol and switches from the source access router to the target access router due to the movement, which specifically includes the following steps.
  • Step 501 When the terminal switches to the target access router, the terminal sends a DHCP request to the target access router, and carries the previously assigned IP address or prefix, and carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix ( Support mobility or not support mobility).
  • Step 502 The target access router determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. The target access router can make a judgment based on the attribute information carried in the above DHCP request.
  • Steps 503-504 If it is determined that the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, and as described in step 304, the special route that has been set on the anchor network element is updated. After the interaction, the target access router returns a DHCPACK message to the terminal, carrying the above IP address or prefix. At this point, the terminal can continue to use the IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the target access router returns to the terminal.
  • the DHCP denied (DHCPNAK) message denies the terminal to continue using this IP address or prefix.
  • the application based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility on the terminal will not be able to communicate normally with the peer.
  • These applications can request a new IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal (as in the first embodiment).
  • the terminal requests the target access router to acquire an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility. It should be noted that, as described in the second embodiment, the target access router may also obtain the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal from the source access router or the network element that saves the context information, and the IP address or prefix of the terminal. Attribute information.
  • the target access router may also obtain the IP address or prefix information currently used by the terminal without relying on the DHCP request described in step 501.
  • the target access router interacts with the anchor network element and updates the routing information.
  • the packet may be discarded without being processed.
  • the packet is directly discarded. To force the terminal to re-initiate the DHCP process to obtain an IP address or prefix.
  • Embodiments 3 and 4 are exemplified by the DHCPv4 protocol, and also applicable to the DHCPv6 protocol.
  • Use DHCP Request message instead of DHCP Discover message, DHCP Advertise message instead of DHCP Offer message, and DHCP Reply message instead of DHCPACK and DHCPNAK message.
  • the specific parameters in the DHCP Reply message are used to distinguish whether it is a positive response (corresponding to a DHCPACK message) or a negative response (corresponding to a DHCPNAK message).
  • the other principles are the same.
  • the access router and location management server are the core network elements of the mobility management technology.
  • the main function of the access router is to be responsible for user access and assign an IP address to the user terminal.
  • the role of the location management server is to record the relationship between the IP address of the user terminal and the current location information of the terminal, that is, to record the IP address-location of the user terminal.
  • the above location information is the IP address of the access router to which the terminal is currently connected. It is worth noting that the peer also needs to access the network through such an access router.
  • the access router-peer determines the location of the terminal first. Assume that the current terminal is connected to access router A. The access router-peer end tunnels the data packet, sets the destination address of the tunnel to the address of access router A, and sends the data packet to access router A. After receiving the above packet, access router A releases the tunnel encapsulation and delivers the data packet to the terminal. When the terminal switches the access router currently serving it due to the movement, for example, from the access road The switch A is switched to the access router B.
  • the access router A needs to update the current "IP address-location" correspondence of the terminal to the location management server, and updates the location information to the IP address of the access router B.
  • the access router-the peer can also obtain the corresponding notification, so that the access router-peer will send the above data packet directly to the access router B, and then the access router B sends the packet to the terminal.
  • the above-mentioned mobility management scheme based on the identity location principle does not distinguish the requirements of the terminal, and always provides mobility services for the terminal. In this way, even if the terminal does not need mobility support, the network always maintains some mobility-related contexts for the terminal, for example, maintaining the terminal "IP address-location" correspondence in the location management server, and sending the IP to the terminal to the terminal.
  • the access router-the peer When the packet is received, the access router-the peer always uses the tunnel encapsulation method to deliver IP packets, which increases the network overhead.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to such an identity-based location-based mobility management technology, which can reduce network overhead.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment is applied to the mobility management technology based on identity location separation, and specifically includes the following steps.
  • Step 701 the same step 201.
  • Step 702 When receiving the foregoing message, when the access router determines that the terminal requests the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, the terminal allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, and simultaneously sends the terminal to the location management server.
  • the IP address-location relationship is saved by the location management server.
  • the location information of the terminal may be an IP address of the access router. If the access router determines that the terminal requests an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, as described in step 202, the access router allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal, and does not update the location management server. Location information of the terminal.
  • the IP address of the mobility-enabled IP address or the beginning of the prefix can use a special value, for example, starting with 10, with an IP address that does not support mobility or The prefix is distinguished.
  • Step 703 The access router returns an allocated IP address or prefix to the terminal, as shown in step 203.
  • the attribute description of the IP address or prefix may also be carried.
  • the network requests acquisition from the network. It should be noted that, if the terminal obtains an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility from the network, when the IP packet is sent or received based on the IP address, the peer sends an IP packet to the terminal, and the destination address is the above-mentioned non-supporting mobile terminal. Sexual IP address.
  • the access router-peer can determine that the IP address does not support mobility (for example, an address that starts with a non-10), then use the ordinary routing method to directly IP packets are sent without having to tunnel.
  • the terminal sends and receives IP packets based on the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and the destination address of the IP packet sent by the peer to the terminal is set to the above-mentioned mobility-capable IP address of the terminal.
  • the access router-peer can determine that the IP address supports mobility (for example, an address starting with 10), and directly uses the above location-based routing method to directly use the IP address.
  • the message is sent, for example, using the tunnel mode (the destination address of the outer IP encapsulation is set to the location of the terminal, the source address is set to the IP address of the access router-peer; the destination of the inner IP encapsulation is set to the IP address of the terminal, The source address is set to the peer IP address) to send data, or to replace the destination IP address (replace the IP address of the terminal with the IP address representing the location information of the terminal, and replace it when the packet arrives at the access router of the terminal. )send data.
  • the tunnel mode the destination address of the outer IP encapsulation is set to the location of the terminal, the source address is set to the IP address of the access router-peer; the destination of the inner IP encapsulation is set to the IP address of the terminal, The source address is set to the peer IP address) to send data, or to replace the destination IP address (replace the IP address of the terminal with the IP address representing the location information of the terminal, and replace it when the packet arrives at the access router of the terminal.
  • the access router also needs to know whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between two IP addresses (ie, IP addresses that support mobility and does not support mobility).
  • IP addresses ie, IP addresses that support mobility and does not support mobility.
  • the terminal sends an RS message to the access router to request an IP address or a prefix, where the terminal carries the foregoing indications in the message; the access router uses the RA response terminal to carry the terminal to the terminal.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal switches the scenario of the currently attached access router due to the mobile, for example, from the source.
  • the incoming router switches to the target access router, which includes the following steps. Step 801, the same as step 301.
  • Step 802 the same as step 302.
  • Steps 803-804 when obtaining the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, the target access router determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal has mobility. When it is judged that the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility, the target access router uses its own IP address as the new location information of the terminal, and updates the "IP address-location" relationship of the terminal in the location management server. If it is determined that the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal does not support the mobility IP address or prefix, the target access router or the source access router notifies the terminal to release the IP address or prefix as described in steps 303-304.
  • the method for the target access router to determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility is as described in the second embodiment, and the method and principle are the same, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal may use the DHCP protocol as described in Embodiments 3 and 4.
  • the principles and methods are similar. The only difference is that when the source access router determines that the terminal requests a mobility-capable IP address or prefix, it assigns a mobility-capable IP address to the terminal, and sends the terminal's "IP address-location" correspondence to the location management. server.
  • the location management server updates the "IP address-location" saved for the terminal.
  • the foregoing mobility management technology based on identity location separation can also be applied to an existing 3G network, and its corresponding architecture is as shown in FIG.
  • the GGSN corresponds to the above-mentioned access router, and the GGSN and the access router-peer end tunnel the IP address of the interaction between the terminal and the peer.
  • the access router-peer can also be another GGSN.
  • the application of the mobility management technology that separates the location of the location to the existing 3G network also has the above problems.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network when a terminal needs to use an IP address or a prefix supporting mobility, the network requests to allocate an IP address supporting mobility.
  • the address or prefix specifically includes the following steps.
  • Step 1001 When the terminal needs to configure an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, send an Activate PDP (Packet Data Protocol) context request to the currently connected SGSN, where the request carries a configuration IP address or prefix that supports mobility. Instructions.
  • PDP Packet Data Protocol
  • Step 1002 After receiving the message, the SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, and sends a Create PDP Context Request message to the GGSN, where the indication is also carried.
  • Step 1003 When receiving the foregoing Create PDP Context Request message, when the GGSN finds that the message carries the indication that the terminal requests to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the terminal allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal.
  • IP addresses or prefixes can be divided into two categories: IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility.
  • the IP address or the beginning of the prefix is used to distinguish between the two types. For example, an IP address or a prefix that starts with 10 is a mobility-supporting IP address or a prefix, and a code that starts with 01 does not support mobility.
  • the GGSN When the GGSN allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, it also sends a message to the location management server for the terminal, carrying the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal and the location information of the terminal, and the location management server saves the information.
  • the location information of the terminal is an IP address of the GGSN.
  • Step 1004 The GGSN returns a Create PDP Context Response message to the SGSN, and carries the above IP address or prefix allocated for the terminal.
  • the message further carries attribute information of the IP address or prefix to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • Step 1005 After receiving the foregoing message, the SGSN needs to save the IP address or prefix allocated for the terminal locally. Specifically, the IP address or prefix is saved in the PDP context information of the terminal. Optionally, the SGSN also records the foregoing attribute information of the IP address or prefix locally, for example, using the PDP TYPE parameter field in the PDP context to record whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility or does not support mobility.
  • the GGSN can save the attribute information of the IP address or prefix locally. Specifically, the GGSN also saves the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDP context. As described above, both the SGSN and the GGSN save the attribute information of the IP address or prefix in the PDP context of the terminal. If the IP address or prefix in the PDP context supports mobility, the PDP context is referred to as a PDP context supporting mobility; if the IP address or prefix in the PDP context does not support mobility, it is referred to as not supporting mobility. PDP context.
  • Step 1006 The SGSN returns an activated PDP context response message to the terminal, and carries the allocated IP address or prefix, and also carries the foregoing attribute information, to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the device when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the device requests the acquisition from the 3G network.
  • the terminal is based on the needs of the application, that is, when there is an application requiring the network to provide mobility support, the terminal requests the network to support the mobility IP address or prefix.
  • the application on the terminal does not need mobility support, the terminal may not carry the above indication when requesting the network to allocate an IP address or a prefix (or carry another indication to indicate that the request is an IP that does not support mobility.
  • the address or prefix the GGSN allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal and returns it to the terminal. At this time, the GGSN does not need to interact with the location management server, and the location management server does not need to maintain an "IP address-location" relationship for the terminal.
  • the access router-peer When the peer sends an IP packet to the terminal, if the terminal is based on the IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the access router-peer sends the IP packet to the tunnel first according to the location information of the terminal.
  • the GGSN of the terminal is de-encapsulated by the GGSN and then sent to the terminal.
  • the access router-peer If the terminal is based on an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router-peer directly sends the IP packet, and the ordinary routing mechanism will Send the IP packet to the terminal.
  • the access router-peer can determine whether the terminal is based on support mobility or not based on mobility, based on the IP address of the terminal or the beginning of the prefix.
  • the GGSN needs to be able to determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize both IP addresses or prefixes (i.e., IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility). If the GGSN determines that the terminal does not have the ability to identify the two types of IPs, when the terminal requests to obtain an IP address or prefix, the terminal is always assigned an IP address or prefix that supports mobility. The GGSN can determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize both IPs by the following means.
  • the terminal having the above capability sends a request message (for example, a PDP context activation request message) to the SGSN, and always carries an indication indicating which IP address or prefix is needed in the request message, and the indication is
  • the SGSN is sent to the GGSN (eg, by creating a context please The GGSN can determine, according to the indication, that the terminal has the foregoing capability; if the foregoing message is not carried in the message, the GGSN terminal does not have the foregoing capability.
  • Another method is: when the terminal first requests to obtain an IP address, another request is sent in the request message (for example, a PDP context activation request) sent to the SGSN, so that the user can distinguish the two IP addresses or prefixes, and then It is sent by the SGSN to the GGSN. If the indication is not carried, the GGSN determines that the terminal cannot distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
  • a PDP context activation request for example, a PDP context activation request
  • the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved in the initial network access process (for example, the home location register). , HLR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS) or SGSN, etc.)
  • the information is saved by the network element.
  • the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element to indicate that the terminal has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the foregoing capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, the GGSN determines that the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing the two types of IP addresses or prefixes. At this time, the GGSN can learn from the network element that saves the context information of the terminal that the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an eighth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device, and triggers a handover of the attached GGSN.
  • the source GGSN is switched to the target GGSN, and specifically includes the following. step.
  • Step 1101 The terminal negotiates with the current serving Radio Network Controller (RNC) to initiate a process of switching the serving RNC.
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • Step 1102 The current serving RNC (source RNC) sends a redirection request to the SGSN (source SGSN) connected to the terminal to trigger the handover.
  • Step 1103 The source SGSN selects another SGSN (target SGSN) for the terminal, and sends a handover redirection request to the target SGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal.
  • the PDP context information carries the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also carries attribute information (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility) of these IP addresses or prefixes.
  • Step 1104 After receiving the foregoing message, based on the foregoing PDP context information, the target SGSN interacts with the target RNC (ie, the RNC selected by the terminal and served by the terminal after the handover) to establish a radio bearer resource for the terminal.
  • the target RNC ie, the RNC selected by the terminal and served by the terminal after the handover
  • Step 1105 The target SGSN returns a handover redirect response message to the source SGSN.
  • Step 1106 The source SGSN sends a redirect command to the source RNC.
  • Step 1107 The source RNC sends a redirect commit message to the target RNC.
  • Step 1108 The target RNC sends a redirect discovery message to the target SGSN.
  • Step 1109 The target RNC interacts with the terminal for mobility information.
  • Step 1110 The target RNC sends a redirect complete message to the target SGSN.
  • Step 1111 The target SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, for example, selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
  • Step 1112 assuming that the target GGSN selected by the target SGSN is not the GGSN (ie, source GGSN) connected before the terminal handover, the target SGSN determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. If the determination is yes, steps 1113-1116 are performed, and if the determination is no, steps 1117-1118 are performed.
  • Step 1113 When the target SGSN determines that the IP address of the terminal or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, send a PDP context request message to the target GGSN for the IP address or prefix, and carry the PDP context information related to the IP address or the prefix. This carries the IP address or prefix. Optionally, an indication indicating that it is an IP address or prefix supporting mobility is also carried.
  • Step 1114 After receiving the foregoing message, the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created is mobility-capable, and therefore interacts with the location management server to update the location information of the IP address or prefix of the terminal.
  • the location information can be the IP address of the target GGSN.
  • the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix is mobility-supported according to the carried indication in step 1113; the target GGSN may also determine, according to the local configuration information, whether the IP address or the prefix supports mobile Sex, for example, as described above, if the IP address or prefix starts with 10, the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • Step 1115 The target GGSN interacts with the source GGSN, and obtains context information related to the foregoing IP address or prefix from the source GGSN.
  • Step 1116 the target GGSN returns a Create PDP Context Response message to the target SGSN.
  • Step 1117 When the target SGSN determines that the IP address of the terminal or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the target SGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix.
  • the target SGSN sends a delete PDP context request to the source GGSN to clear the information related to the above IP stored on the source GGSN.
  • Step 1118 The target SGSN sends a deactivation PDP context request to the terminal to notify the terminal to release the IP address or prefix.
  • a deactivation PDP context request to the terminal to notify the terminal to release the IP address or prefix.
  • all services based on the IP address or prefix running on the terminal will be interrupted.
  • the terminal can initiate a request to the network to acquire a new IP address or prefix.
  • Step 1119 subsequent related processes.
  • the target SGSN can selectively process according to whether the IP address or the prefix in the PDP context information of the obtained terminal supports mobility.
  • a PDP context is created on the target GGSN for those IPs that support mobility.
  • the IP address or prefix can continue to be used by the terminal; and for the IP that does not support mobility, the corresponding PDP context is deactivated.
  • the terminal is caused to release the IP address or prefix, that is, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix cannot be used continuously.
  • the target SGSN may first send an update PDP context request message to the source GGSN, and carry an indication indicating the IP support mobility corresponding to the PDP context; the source GGSN sends a context push message to the target GGSN again.
  • the Context Push message carries the PDP context information corresponding to the IP address or the prefix and the foregoing indication.
  • the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix supports mobility, as described in step 1114, and the location. Manage server interactions and update the location information of the terminal.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a ninth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device, and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
  • Step 1201 is the same as step 1101.
  • Steps 1202-1210 are the same as steps 1102-1110.
  • Step 1211 The target SGSN selects the GGSN for the terminal, and selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
  • Step 1212 The target SGSN sends a PDP Context Request message to the target GGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal (obtained from the source SGSN) saved by the target SGSN, where the IP address or prefix used by the terminal is included.
  • Step 1213 After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message, the target GGSN sends a request to the source GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created.
  • Step 1214 The source GGSN returns a response message to the target GGSN, and carries the information of the target GGSN request, and carries an indication that the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports or does not support mobility.
  • Step 1215 the target GGSN returns a create context response message to the target SGSN.
  • Step 1216 The target GGSN can determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility (that is, whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility) according to the foregoing indication returned in step 1214. If yes, go to step 1217; if not, go to steps 1218-1220.
  • Step 1217 When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, interact with the location management server to update the location information of the terminal, as described in step 1114.
  • Step 1218 When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the target GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix. Specifically, the target GGSN sends a delete PDP context request to the target SGSN to trigger deactivation of the PDP context.
  • Step 1219 the same step 1118.
  • Step 1220 The target SGSN returns a delete PDP context response to the target GGSN.
  • Step 1221 follow-up process.
  • the target GGSN can learn from the source GGSN whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. At this time, if the IP address or the prefix of the terminal does not support the mobility, the response to the failure to create the PDP context may be returned to the target SGSN in step 1215, and the flow of deactivating the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix is initiated to the target SGSN. Process, as described in steps 1117-1118.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
  • Step 1301 the same step 1101.
  • Steps 1302-1310 the same steps 1102-1110.
  • Step 1311 The target SGSN learns the GGSN (source GGSN) connected to the terminal according to the acquired PDP context, and sends an update PDP context request to the source GGSN.
  • Step 1312 The source GGSN determines that it is not suitable for continuing to serve the terminal, and then selects a new GGSN for the terminal, and sends a message to the target GGSN to push the context information of the terminal, including the PDP context information of the terminal. It contains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also includes the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting or not supporting mobility).
  • step 1313 the target GGSN returns a response message to the source GGSN.
  • Step 1315 The target GGSN may determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility according to the foregoing indication (attribute) obtained in step 1312, or may determine whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility. If yes, go to step 1316; if not, execute 1317-1319.
  • Step 1316 When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, interact with the location management server to update the location information of the terminal, as described in step 1114.
  • Steps 1317-1319 when the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the same steps 1218-1220.
  • Step 1320 follow-up process.
  • step 1312 the source GGSN is pushing the terminal to the target GGSN.
  • the PDP context Before the PDP context, first determine whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility. If yes, perform step 1312 and subsequent steps; if not, do not The PDP context is sent to the target GGSN, and the source GGSN initiates a process of deactivating the PDP context.
  • the specific execution process is similar to steps 1317-1319, except that the initiator of the process is the source GGSN.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by a mobile device and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
  • Step 1401 the same as step 1101.
  • Step 1402 the same as step 1102.
  • Step 1403 In the same step 1103, the source SGSN selects the target SGSN for the terminal, and sends a handover redirection request to the target SGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal.
  • the PDP context information carries the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also carries the type of the IP address or prefix (support mobility or does not support mobility).
  • Step 1404 The target SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, for example, selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
  • Step 1405 The target SGSN determines whether the attribute of the IP address or the prefix corresponding to the received PDP context supports mobility or does not support mobility. If it is determined that the IP or prefix supports mobility, the target SGSN interacts with the target RNC to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context of the terminal. It is also possible to determine whether the above IP or prefix supports mobility based on the local configuration.
  • Step 1406 The target SGSN returns a handover redirection response message to the source SGSN, and confirms the PDP context supporting mobility (ie, the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility); meanwhile, instructs the source SGSN to deactivate the mobility that does not support mobility. PDP context.
  • Step 1407 The source SGSN sends a redirect command to the source RNC. As described above, the source SGSN deactivates the PDP context that does not support mobility. The specific procedure is similar to steps 1117-1118, except that the initiator of the process is replaced by the source SGSN.
  • Steps 1408-1411 the same steps 1107-1110.
  • Step 1412 Create a PDP context for the terminal in the target GGSN according to the target GGSN selected by the target SGSN in the foregoing step.
  • the PDP context at this time supports mobile sexual PDP context.
  • the specific procedures are the same as those in the eighth, ninth, and tenth embodiments, and are not described here.
  • the source SGSN can determine whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility, that is, whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility or does not support mobility.
  • the source SGSN carries only those PDP contexts supporting mobility in the handover redirection request sent to the target SGSN; and deactivates those PDP contexts that do not support mobility.
  • the PDP context of the terminal acquired by the target SGSN must be a PDP context supporting mobility. Subsequent operations are the same as above, and there is no essential difference.
  • the foregoing mobility management technology based on identity location separation can also be applied to an existing LTE network, and its corresponding architecture is as shown in FIG.
  • the P-GW corresponds to the access router, and the P-GW and the access router-the peer end tunnel the IP packets exchanged between the terminal and the peer.
  • the access router-peer can also be another P-GW.
  • the application of the mobility management technology of the identity location separation to the existing LTE network also has the above problems.
  • 16 is a flowchart of a twelfth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal when a terminal needs to use an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the terminal requests a network to support an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, including The following steps.
  • Step 1601 Send an attach request to the base station (ie, the eNodeB) when the terminal initially accesses the network, and if the terminal wants to request the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, the attach request carries an indication to request to configure the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility. .
  • the base station ie, the eNodeB
  • Step 1602 The eNodeB sends the foregoing attach request to a Mobility Management Entity (MME), which also carries the foregoing indication.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • Step 1603 Send a create session request to the S-GW, where the above indication is also carried.
  • Step 1604 The S-GW selects a P-GW for the terminal, and then sends a Create Session Request message to the P-GW, where the indication is carried.
  • Step 1605 after receiving the above-mentioned session creation request message, when the P-GW discovers that the message is carried in the message
  • the terminal When the above terminal requests to allocate an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the terminal is assigned a mobility-capable IP address or prefix.
  • IP addresses or prefixes can be classified into two categories: IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility. Optionally classify the two classes with an IP address or the beginning of the prefix.
  • the terminal when the P-GW allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, the terminal also sends a message to the location management server for the terminal, carrying the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal, and the terminal. Location information, which is saved by the location management server.
  • the location information of the terminal is an IP address of the P-GW.
  • Step 1606 The P-GW returns a create session response message to the S-GW, and carries the above IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal.
  • the message further carries attribute information of the IP address or prefix to notify the S-GW that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • Step 1607 The S-GW returns a create session response message to the MME, and also carries the foregoing IP address or prefix, and the foregoing attribute information.
  • Step 1608 the MME needs to save the above-mentioned IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal, for example, save the IP address or prefix in the PDN context of the terminal.
  • the MME also saves the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context, for example, using the PDN TYPE field to save the attribute information.
  • Steps 1609-1610 the MME returns an attach accept message to the eNodeB, where the IP address or prefix and the attribute information are carried.
  • the eNodeB returns an attach accept message to the terminal, where the IP address or prefix and the attribute information are carried.
  • the P-GW can store the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix locally. Specifically, the P-GW also stores the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context. As described above, the MME and the P-GW both store the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context of the terminal. If the IP address or prefix in the PDN context supports mobility, the PDN context is referred to as a PDN context supporting mobility; The IP address or prefix in the PDN context does not support mobility, so it is called PDN context that does not support mobility.
  • the terminal when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, when the terminal initially accesses the network, the terminal requests the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility from the LTE network. It should be noted that, after the initial network access, the terminal requests the LTE network to allocate an IP address or a prefix (that is, an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility or does not support mobility), and may send a PDN connection request to the MME through the eNodeB. PDN Connectivity Request ) and carry the above instructions.
  • the message is sent to the S-GW, and the S-GW sends a message to the P-GW to allocate an IP address or prefix for the terminal request.
  • the P-GW allocates an IP address or prefix that supports mobility or does not support mobility to the terminal, and sends it to the MME.
  • the MME uses the PDN Connectivity Accept message to allocate the IP address. Or the prefix and its attributes are sent to the terminal.
  • the P-GW needs to be able to determine whether the terminal has the same IP address or prefix (ie, IP address or prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility). ability. If the P-GW determines that the terminal does not have the ability to recognize the two types of IPs, when the terminal requests to obtain an IP address or prefix, the terminal is always assigned an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the P-GW can determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IPs by:
  • the terminal having the above capability sends a request message (for example, an attach request message, a PDN connection request message) to the MME, and always carries an indication indicating which IP address or prefix is required by the terminal in the request message.
  • the indication is sent by the MME to the P-GW through the S-GW (eg, by creating a session request message), and the P-GW can determine, according to the indication, that the terminal has the foregoing capability; if the message does not carry the indication, then P- The GW determines that the terminal does not have the above capabilities.
  • Another method is: when the terminal first requests to obtain an IP address, another request is sent in the request message (for example, an attach request message) sent to the MME, so that the user can distinguish the two IP addresses or prefixes, and then The MME transmits to the P-GW through the S-GW. If the indication is not carried in the request message, the P-GW determines that the terminal cannot distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
  • the request message for example, an attach request message
  • the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved (eg, HLR, HSS, MME, etc.) in the initial network access process. , the information is saved by the network element.
  • the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element to indicate that the terminal has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the foregoing capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, the P-GW determines that the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing the two IP addresses or prefixes. At this time, when the P-GW can save the context information of the terminal from the above The network element knows whether the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to mobility, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
  • Step 1701 The eNodeB (source eNodeB) to which the terminal is currently attached and the eNodeB (target eNodeB) to which the terminal is to be handed over negotiate to decide to initiate a handover to the terminal.
  • source eNodeB source eNodeB
  • target eNodeB target eNodeB
  • Step 1702 The source eNodeB sends a handover request to the MME.
  • Step 1703 The MME determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility, that is, whether the PDN context of the terminal supports mobility. If not, step 1704 is performed. If yes, steps 1705-1714 are performed.
  • Step 1704 When the MME determines that the PDN context of the terminal does not support mobility, the MME deletes the PDN context (ie, performs PDN Disconnection). Specifically, the MME deletes the PDN context (ie, deletes the PDN connection) that does not support mobility by deleting the session request message to the S-GW (source S-GW) currently connected by the terminal.
  • the PDN context ie, performs PDN Disconnection
  • the MME deletes the PDN context (ie, deletes the PDN connection) that does not support mobility by deleting the session request message to the S-GW (source S-GW) currently connected by the terminal.
  • Steps 1705-1706 when the MME determines that the PDN context of the terminal supports mobility, sends a create session request to the S-GW (target S-GW) to which the terminal is to be handed, where the PDN context information of the terminal is carried, including the IP of the terminal.
  • the address or prefix and carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix.
  • the target S-GW returns a Create Session Reply message to the MME.
  • Step 1707 The MME and the target eNodeB exchange a handover request or a confirmation message.
  • the MME sends a handover command to the target eNodeB; the eNodeB sends a handover command to the terminal.
  • Step 1710 The terminal sends a handover confirmation message to the target eNodeB.
  • Step 1711 The target eNodeB sends a handover advertisement to the MME.
  • Step 1712 The MME sends a modify bearer request message to the target S-GW, where the MME carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix of the terminal.
  • the target P-GW requests the source P-GW (i.e., the P-GW to which the terminal attaches before the handover) to request other contexts associated with the terminal, while returning a Create Session Reply message to the target S-GW.
  • the target P-GW allocates new location information to the terminal and updates it to the location management server.
  • Step 1714 The target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
  • Step 1715 follow-up process.
  • the MME can selectively perform processing according to whether the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context information of the terminal supports mobility. Create a PDN context on the target P-GW for those IP triggers that support mobility. At this time, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix can continue to be used by the terminal; and for the IP that does not support mobility, the corresponding PDN context is deleted. , prompting the terminal to release the IP address or prefix, that is, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix cannot be used continuously.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to movement, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
  • Steps 1801-1802 the same steps 1701-1702.
  • Step 1803 The MME sends a create session request message to the target S-GW, which carries the PDN context of the terminal, where the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is carried.
  • the PDN context also carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility).
  • Step 1804 The target S-GW selects a P-GW as the target P-GW for the terminal.
  • the target S-GW checks whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports the mobile. Sex.
  • the target S-GW returns a create session response message to the MME.
  • the Create Session Reply message instructs the MME to release the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • Step 1805 The MME initiates deleting the corresponding PDN context according to the indication in the message returned by the target S-GW, as described in step 1704.
  • Steps 1806-1810 for supporting the mobility IP address or prefix, the target S-GW does not instruct the MME to release the corresponding PDN context.
  • the MME performs the processing in accordance with the method described in steps 1707-1711.
  • Step 1811 The MME sends a modify bearer request to the target S-GW, where the IP address or prefix of the terminal and its attributes are carried.
  • the target S-GW may not process whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility, that is, the indication is not returned to the MME in step 1804 to instruct the MME to release the unsupported mobile.
  • the IP address or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix can be performed. That is, if the IP address or the prefix of the terminal does not support the mobility, the target S-GW may carry the foregoing indication in the modified bearer response message returned to the MME, and then the MME initiates release of the corresponding PDN context according to the indication.
  • Step 1813 The target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
  • Step 1814 the subsequent process.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to mobility, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
  • Steps 1901-1902 the same steps 1701-1702.
  • Steps 1903-1904 the MME sends a create session request message to the target S-GW, which carries the PDN context of the terminal, where the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is carried.
  • the PDN context also carries an attribute of the IP address or prefix.
  • the target S-GW returns a Create Session Answer message to the MME.
  • Steps 1905-1909 the same steps 1707-1711.
  • Step 1910 The MME sends a modify bearer request to the target S-GW, where the IP address of the terminal is carried.
  • Step 1911 The target S-GW selects a new P-GW (ie, the target P-GW) for the terminal, and sends a create bearer request message to the target P-GW, where the PDN context is carried, where the IP address of the terminal is included.
  • P-GW ie, the target P-GW
  • Step 1912 The target P-GW interacts with the source P-GW to obtain context information of the terminal (for example, PDN context information saved by the P-GW).
  • the source P-GW may inform whether the IP address or the prefix of the target P-GW terminal supports mobility, and therefore, in step 1911, the target S-GW may not notify the IP address or prefix of the target P-GW terminal. Attributes.
  • Steps 1913-1914 the target P-GW returns a create bearer reply message to the target S-GW; the target S-GW returns a modify bearer reply message to the MME.
  • Step 1915 The target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. As described above, the target P-GW may determine according to the indication obtained from the target S-GW or the source P-GW; or the target P-GW may determine according to the local configuration information, for example, an IP starting with 10
  • the address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
  • the IP address or prefix that is not starting with 10 is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
  • Step 1916 When the target P-GW determines that the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility, the terminal updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
  • the location information can be the IP address of the target P-GW.
  • Step 1917 When the target P-GW determines that the IP address or prefix of the terminal does not support mobility, the target P-GW initiates release of the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix. Specifically, the target P-GW triggers deletion of the corresponding PDN context (or deletes the PDN connection) by sending a delete bearer request message to the target S-GW.
  • Step 1918 follow-up process.
  • the target P-GW may also notify the source P-GW to trigger the deletion of the PND connection.
  • the target P-GW carries an indication in the response message to the source P-GW to obtain the context information, so that the source P-GW initiates the step of deleting the PND connection.
  • the target P-GW requests the source P-GW to access the terminal.
  • the source P-GW directly determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility. When it is determined that the IP address is not supported, the source P-GW directly initiates the process of deleting the PDN context.
  • the terminal when receiving the modify bearer request message described in step 1910, the terminal may also perform the operation of switching to the target P-GW according to the following steps.
  • Step 1911a The target S-GW sends a modify bearer request message to the source P-GW.
  • step 1912a when the source P-GW receives the above message, it selects a new P-GW for the terminal, that is, the target P-GW. At this time, the source P-GW determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility. For the IP address or the prefix that does not support mobility, as described above, the source P-GW directly initiates the process of deleting the PDN context, so that the terminal does not release. The IP address or prefix supporting the mobility; For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the source P-GW sends the PDN context information to the target P-GW, and creates PDN context information for the terminal on the target P-GW.
  • Step 1913a The source P-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the target S-GW.
  • Step 1914a the target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
  • Step 1915a follow-up process.
  • the terminal may have multiple PDP contexts or PDN contexts,
  • each PDP context or PDN context is judged separately.
  • the traffic required by the loop is greatly reduced, thereby reducing the load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

A method, terminal and network side for requesting an Internet Protocol (IP) supporting mobility. The method comprises: an access router receiving a request message sent by a terminal and for requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix for the terminal, and when the terminal has a capability of distinguishing IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility or do not support mobility, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the access router obtaining an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and sending the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal. In embodiments of the present invention, traffic requiring alternative routing is greatly reduced, thereby alleviating the burden of a bearer network and the pressure of an anchor network element.

Description

一种请求获取支持移动性的 IP的方法、 终端和网络侧  Method, terminal and network side for requesting acquisition of IP supporting mobility
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及移动通信领域, 尤其涉及一种请求获取支持移动性的 IP的方 法、 终端和网络侧。  The present invention relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular, to a method, a terminal, and a network side for requesting acquisition of IP supporting mobility.
背景技术 Background technique
众所周知的, 在互联网中, 终端要访问互联网, 就必须从网络申请一个 有效的互联网协议 ( Internet Protocol, IP )地址。 该 IP地址具有双重属性, 既表示用户的身份又表示用户所处的网络拓朴位置。当用户在某拓朴位置(比 如, 在某接入网关下)获得到了一个 IP地址后, 该 IP地址只能在该拓朴位 置使用 (如, 只能在一个接入网关管辖的范围内使用) 。 这对于固定终端固 然没有问题, 但是对于移动终端, 当终端从一个接入网关管辖的范围移动到 另一个接入网关管辖的范围以后, 上述的 IP地址会变成一个无效的地址。 此 时, 终端必须重新从新的拓朴位置获取一个新的 IP地址。 这样就无法保证基 于 IP的上层业务的连续性, 例如, 当终端用户正在打 IP电话时, 则该通话 会断掉。  As is well known, in the Internet, when a terminal wants to access the Internet, it must apply for an effective Internet Protocol (IP) address from the network. The IP address has a dual attribute that represents both the identity of the user and the location of the network topology in which the user is located. When a user obtains an IP address in a topology (for example, under an access gateway), the IP address can only be used in the topology (for example, it can only be used within the scope of one access gateway). ). This is of course no problem for fixed terminals, but for mobile terminals, the above IP address becomes an invalid address when the terminal moves from the scope of one access gateway to the scope of another access gateway. At this point, the terminal must re-acquire a new IP address from the new topology. In this way, the continuity of the IP-based upper layer service cannot be guaranteed. For example, when the end user is making an IP call, the call is broken.
为了解决该问题, 业界提出了一系列解决方案, 比较流行的移动性管理 技术包括移动 IP ( Mobile IP, MIP ) 、 代理移动 IP ( Proxy MIP , PMIP ) 、 通用隧道协议 ( Generic Tunnel Protocol, GTP )等。 如图 1所示, 这些技术的 共同特点是引入了固定锚点 (Anchor )来实现对移动节点的移动性管理。 例 如, MIP使用家乡代理( Home Agent, HA )作为锚点, PMIP使用本地移动 性锚点 ( Local Mobility Anchor, LMA )作为锚点, 以及 GTP使用通用分组无 线业务网关支持节点 (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN )作为锚点。 这 些技术的共同特点是当终端附着到接入路由器(如图 1所示的接入路由器 A ) 时, 接入路由器为该终端设置特殊路由, 在该接入路由器自身和终端的锚点 网元之间建立一条隧道, 并由该锚点网元为终端分配 IP地址。 这样, 所有发 送给该终端的 IP报文以及终端发送给外界的 IP报文全部通过上述的隧道进 行路由。 在实际部署的网络中, 根据相关的统计, 仅有少部分应用需要网络移动 性的支持(如, 互联网协议电话(Voice over Internet Portocol, VoIP )和在线 游戏等) , 而大部分移动终端的应用并不需要。 相关技术中, 移动性管理技 术并不区分终端应用的需求, 而是统一为终端提供上述移动性管理支持。 此 时, 对于那些没使用上述需要网络移动性支持的应用的终端来说, 网络没有 必要为这些终端提供对移动性的支持, 否则不仅浪费了系统资源 (如, 为终 端分配锚点网元, 并建立接入路由器与该锚点网元间不必要的隧道, 如图 1 所示) , 而且会迂回终端收发 IP报文的路径(即, 造成路由迂回) , 如图 1 所示, IP · ^艮文必须通过锚点网元转发。 路由迂回一方面增加了终端与对端之 间收发 IP数据包的时延, 不利于改善用户的业务体验; 另一方面还会浪费运 营商的传输承载资源。 对于同时使用了需要移动性支持以及不需要移动性支 持的应用的终端来说, 所有数据流量也都必须绕经锚点, 增加了对锚点的性 能需求, 不利于节约成本。 发明内容 In order to solve this problem, the industry has proposed a series of solutions. The more popular mobility management technologies include Mobile IP (MIP), Proxy MIP (PMIP), and Generic Tunnel Protocol (GTP). Wait. As shown in Figure 1, the common feature of these technologies is the introduction of a fixed anchor (Anchor) to achieve mobility management of mobile nodes. For example, MIP uses Home Agent (HA) as an anchor point, PMIP uses Local Mobility Anchor (LMA) as an anchor point, and GTP uses a General Packet Radio Service Gateway support node (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN) as an anchor point. The common feature of these technologies is that when the terminal is attached to the access router (such as access router A shown in Figure 1), the access router sets a special route for the terminal, and the anchor network element of the access router itself and the terminal. A tunnel is established between them, and the anchor network element allocates an IP address to the terminal. In this way, all the IP packets sent to the terminal and the IP packets sent by the terminal to the outside are all routed through the tunnel. In the actual deployed network, according to relevant statistics, only a small number of applications require network mobility support (such as Voice over Internet Portocol (VoIP) and online games), and most mobile terminal applications. is not needed. In the related art, the mobility management technology does not distinguish the requirements of the terminal application, but uniformly provides the mobility management support for the terminal. At this time, for terminals that do not use the above applications that require network mobility support, the network does not need to provide mobility support for these terminals, otherwise it not only wastes system resources (for example, assigning anchor network elements to terminals). And establishing an unnecessary tunnel between the access router and the anchor network element, as shown in FIG. 1 , and returning the path of the IP packet sent and received by the terminal (that is, causing route detour), as shown in FIG. 1 , IP · ^艮文 must be forwarded through the anchor network element. On the one hand, routing detours increase the delay between sending and receiving IP data packets between the terminal and the peer end, which is not conducive to improving the user's service experience; on the other hand, it wastes the carrier's transmission bearer resources. For terminals that use both mobility support and applications that do not require mobility support, all data traffic must also bypass the anchor point, increasing the performance requirements for the anchor point, which is not conducive to cost savings. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种请求获取支持移动性 IP的方法、 终端和网络侧, 解决相关技术中对所有终端提供移动性支持, 造成资源浪费的问题。  The embodiments of the present invention provide a method for requesting acquisition of a mobility IP, a terminal, and a network side, and solve the problem that the related technologies provide mobility support for all terminals, resulting in waste of resources.
本发明实施例提供了一种请求获取支持移动性 IP的方法, 包括: 接入路由器接收到终端发送的请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配 IP地 址或前缀的请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力,且所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀时, 则所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返 回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for requesting acquisition of a mobility-enabled IP, including: after the access router receives a request message sent by the terminal requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal, The terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router acquires an IP that supports mobility. An address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述接入路由器携带属性信息, 以告知所述终端所述 IP地址或前缀是支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router carries attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分支持移动 性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请求的是不支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路由器为所述终端分配不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 After the access router receives the request message, when the terminal has a differentiated support mobile And the ability to support mobility IP addresses or prefixes, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router allocates mobility to the terminal. An IP address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端不具备区分支持移 动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力时, 则所述接入路由器获取支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀。  After the access router receives the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, the access router acquires an IP address supporting mobility. Or a prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器判断所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀的能力的步骤包括:  The step of the access router determining whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility includes:
所述接入路由器根据所述请求消息中是否携带所述终端需要哪种 IP地址 或前缀的指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀的能力;  Determining, by the access router, whether the terminal has an IP address or a prefix that supports the mobility and the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, according to whether the request message carries an indication of the IP address or the prefix required by the terminal;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端首次向所述接入路由器请求获取 IP地址或 前缀时, 是否携带预设的能力指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性 和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力;  Whether the access router carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time. Or the ability to prefix;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端初始入网时, 是否申明所述终端具备区分 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 确定所述终端是否具备 区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; 以及  The access router determines, according to the initial network access of the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile. Sexual IP address or prefix capability;
所述接入路由器从保存所述终端的上下文信息的网元获知所述终端是否 具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力。  The access router learns from the network element that stores the context information of the terminal whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器后, 所述目标接入路由 器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目标接入路由器与所述终端的 锚点网元进行交互, 更新所述终端的移动性上下文; 如果不支持, 则所述目 标接入路由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 所述 目标接入路由器发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所 述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。 After the terminal is switched from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. If supported, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal to update the mobility context of the terminal; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the current The IP address or prefix used; or, The target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
所述目标接入路由器判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移 动性的步骤包括:  The step of the target access router determining whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标接入路由器在获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 同时 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的信息; 或者, 所述 目标接入路由器根据本地配置信息确定所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是 否支持移动性。  And obtaining, by the target access router, information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal; or, the target access router is configured according to the local The information determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 当所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 所述接入路 由器与锚点网元交互, 并接收所述锚点网元为所述终端分配的所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀。  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility includes: when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router interacts with an anchor network element. And receiving the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 所述接入路由器为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述方法还包括:  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or the prefix that supports the mobility includes: the access router assigning the IP address or prefix that supports the mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述接入路由器向位置管理服务器发送所述终端的 IP地址和所述终端的 位置信息。  The access router sends the IP address of the terminal and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述接入路由器收到所述终端发送给对端的数据报文后, 当所述对端当 前使用不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路由器直接发送所述数 据报文; 当所述对端当前使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路 由器釆用基于对端位置的路由方法发送所述数据报文。  After the access router receives the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the access router directly sends the data packet. When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router sends the data packet by using a routing method based on the peer location.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到所述目标接入路由器后, 所述目标 接入路由器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当前使用 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目标接入路由器向所述 位置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 如果不支持, 则所述目标接入路 由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 所述目标接入 路由器发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所述终端释 放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。 After the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target The access router obtains an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. If supported, the target access router updates the location management server to the location management server. The location information of the terminal; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, The source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
当所述接入路由器为网关通用分组无线服务支持节点 (GGSN ) 时: 所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所 述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括:  When the access router is a gateway general packet radio service support node (GGSN): the access router acquires an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal. The steps include:
所述 GGSN为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 由所述 SGSN向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  The GGSN allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal by the SGSN;
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述 GGSN向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。  The GGSN sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述 GGSN携带属性信息,以告知所述 SGSN所述 IP地址或前缀为支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  The GGSN carries attribute information to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility;
所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀及所述属性信息记录在所 述终端的分组数据协议( PDP )上下文信息中。  The SGSN records the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN后, 且当所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时,所述目标 SGSN或所 述 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN or GGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, the target SGSN or the GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或所述 GGSN触发所 述目标 GGSN为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文, 并 向所 述位置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN去激活所 述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 For a mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, the target SGSN or the GGSN triggers the target GGSN to create a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updates the terminal to the location management server location information; For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN后, 且当所述目标 SGSN 或所述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN 时, 所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN or the GGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, the target GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN向所述位置管理服务 器更新所述终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target GGSN updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN去激活所述不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的步骤包 括:  The step of the target GGSN determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标 GGSN收到所述目标 SGSN发送的创建 PDP上下文请求消息 后, 向所述 GGSN发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文 信息; 并接收所述 GGSN返回的应答消息, 其中, 所述应答消息中携带所述 将要创建的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示; 或者, 所述 GGSN接收到所述目标 SGSN的更新 PDP上下文请求后,推送上下 文信息给所述目标 GGSN, 所述目标 GGSN接收所述上下文信息, 其中, 所 述上下文信息携带所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指 示。  After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or the prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports the mobility; or the GGSN sends the context information to the SGSN after receiving the update PDP context request of the target SGSN. The target GGSN, the target GGSN receives the context information, where the context information carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中,所述目标 SGSN 接收到所述 SGSN发送的重定向请求后, 判断所述重定向请求中携带的所述 终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, after receiving the redirect request sent by the SGSN, the target SGSN determines the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request. Whether to support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN与目标无线网络控制 器交互,为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文建立无线承载 资源; 针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN指示所述 SGSN去 激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 And the target SGSN interacts with the target radio network controller to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility; For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN instructs the SGSN to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中, 所述 SGSN向 所述目标 SGSN发送所述重定向请求前,判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, the SGSN determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility before sending the redirection request to the target SGSN.
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文通过所述重定向请求发送给所述目标 SGSN;  The SGSN sends the mobility-relevant IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix to the target SGSN through the redirect request;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述 SGSN去激活所述不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the SGSN deactivates the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点,  The above method can also have the following features.
当所述接入路由器为分组数据网络网关 (P-GW ) 时:  When the access router is a packet data network gateway (P-GW):
所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所 述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括:  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting mobility and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal includes:
所述 P-GW为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀通过服务网关 (S-GW ) 发送给移动管理实体 ( MME ) , 由所述 MME向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述方法还包括:  The P-GW allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and sends the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the mobility management entity (MME) through the serving gateway (S-GW). Returning, by the MME, the IP address or prefix that supports mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述 P-GW向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。  The P-GW sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
当所述终端发起切换时, 所述终端的 MME判断所述终端的 IP地址或前 缀是否支持移动性;  When the terminal initiates the handover, the MME of the terminal determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME删除所述不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀对应的分组数据网络( PDN )上下文;  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the MME deletes the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME触发在所述终端的目标 P-GW为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文,并向所述位置管 理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息。 For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the MME triggers a PDN context to be created for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility at the target P-GW of the terminal, and to the location tube The server updates the location information of the terminal.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 S-GW切换到目标 S-GW后, 且当所述目标 S-GW或所 述 P-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 所述目标 S-GW或 所述 P-GW判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the target S-GW or the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal, not the P-GW, Determining whether the target S-GW or the P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或所述 P-GW触发所 述目标 P-GW为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所 述位置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target S-GW or the P-GW triggers the target P-GW to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and manages the location to the location The server updates location information of the terminal;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或所述 P-GW删除 所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target S-GW or the P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述方法还可具有以下特点, 所述方法还包括:  The above method may also have the following features, the method further comprising:
所述终端从所述 P-GW切换到所述目标 P-GW的过程中,所述目标 P-GW 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the P-GW to the target P-GW, the target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW删除所述不支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文;  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW向所述位置管理服务 器更新所述终端的位置信息。  The target P-GW updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
本发明实施例还提供一种网络侧, 包括: 接入路由器, 其中, 所述接入路由器设置成: 接收到来自终端的请求所述接入路由器为所述 终端分配互联网协议(IP )地址或前缀的请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请求 的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The embodiment of the present invention further provides a network side, including: an access router, where the access router is configured to: receive a request from a terminal, and the access router allocates an Internet Protocol (IP) address to the terminal or After the prefix request message, when the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the support mobile is acquired. a sexual IP address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器还设置成: 携带属性信息, 以告知所述终端所述 IP地址 或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is further configured to: carry attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述接入路由器还设置成, 接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区 分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请 求的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则为所述终端分配不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 The above network side can also have the following features. The access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests that is not supported When the IP address or prefix of the mobility is used, the terminal is assigned an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, and the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is returned to the terminal.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器还设置成: 接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端不具备 区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力时, 则获取支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, obtain an IP address supporting mobility or Prefixing, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式判断所述终端是否具备区分支持 移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力:  The access router is configured to determine whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility by:
根据所述请求消息中是否携带所述终端需要哪种 IP地址或前缀的指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能 力;  Determining, according to the indication in the request message whether the IP address or the prefix is required by the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility;
根据所述终端首次向所述接入路由器请求获取 IP地址或前缀时,是否携 带预设的能力指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀的能力;  Whether the terminal carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time;
根据所述终端初始入网时, 是否申明所述终端具备区分支持移动性和不 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性 和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; 以及  According to the initial network access of the terminal, whether it is stated that the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that distinguishes between mobility support and mobility. The ability to prefix; and
从保存所述终端的上下文信息的网元获知所述终端是否具备区分支持移 动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力。  The network element storing the context information of the terminal knows whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括目标接入路由器, 其 中:  The network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target access router, where:
所述目标接入路由器设置成: 当所述终端从源接入路由器切换到所述目 标接入路由器后, 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当 前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则与所述终端的锚点网 元进行交互, 更新所述终端的移动性上下文; 如果不支持, 则通知所述终端 释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 发送通知给所述源接入路由器; 所述接入路由器还设置成: 通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或 前缀。 The target access router is configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP address currently used by the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility, if supported, interacting with the anchor network element of the terminal, updating the mobility context of the terminal; if not, notifying the terminal Release the currently used IP address or prefix; or send a notification to the source access router; the access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述目标接入路由器是设置成以如下方式判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性:  The target access router is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
在获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 同时获取所述终端当前使 用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的信息; 或者, 根据本地配置信息确定所 述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性。  Obtaining information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal; or determining the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal according to the local configuration information. Whether to support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀:  The access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
当所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 与锚点网元 交互, 并接收所述锚点网元为所述终端分配的所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀。  And interacting with the anchor network element when the request message requests an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and receiving the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal .
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀:  The access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  Allocating the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal;
所述接入路由器还设置成: 向位置管理服务器发送所述终端的 IP地址和 所述终端的位置信息。  The access router is further configured to: send an IP address of the terminal and location information of the terminal to a location management server.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述接入路由器还设置成: 收到所述终端发送给对端的数据报文后, 当 所述对端当前使用不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则直接发送所述数据报 文; 当所述对端当前使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则釆用基于对端位 置的路由方法发送所述数据报文。  The access router is further configured to: after receiving the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the data packet is directly sent; When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the data message is sent by using a routing method based on the peer location.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括目标接入路由器, 其 中: The network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target access router, Medium:
所述目标接入路由器还设置成: 所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到所 述目标接入路由器后, 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终 端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则向所述位置管理 服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 如果不支持, 则通知所述终端释放所述当 前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 发送通知给所述源接入路由器;  The target access router is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP currently used by the terminal. Whether the address or the prefix supports mobility, if supported, updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, notifying the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or sending a notification Giving the source access router;
所述接入路由器还设置成: 通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或 前缀。  The access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
当所述接入路由器为 GGSN时:  When the access router is a GGSN:
所述 GGSN设置成: 为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀发送给 SGSN; 以及, 向所述位置管理 服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及所述终端的位置信息;  The GGSN is configured to: allocate the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and send the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the SGSN; and send the support to the location management server a mobile IP address or prefix and location information of the terminal;
所述 SGSN设置成: 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括所述 SGSN, 其中: 所述 GGSN还设置成:携带属性信息, 以告知所述 SGSN所述 IP地址或 前缀为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  The SGSN is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal. The network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes the SGSN, where: the GGSN is further configured to: carry attribute information to notify the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address supporting mobility. Or prefix;
所述 SGSN还设置成: 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀及所述属性信 息记录在所述终端的分组数据协议(PDP )上下文信息中。  The SGSN is further configured to: record the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述 GGSN还设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN后, 且 当所述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时,判断所述终端 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The GGSN is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target GGSN selected by the GGSN for the terminal is not the GGSN, determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal is supported. Mobility
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 GGSN为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文,并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target GGSN, a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 Deactivate the IP address that does not support mobility for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility The PDP context corresponding to the address or prefix.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述目标 SGSN设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 后, 且当所述目标 SGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时, 判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The target SGSN is configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, determine the IP address of the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 GGSN为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文,并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target GGSN, a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括目标 GGSN, 其中: 所述目标 GGSN设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 所述 GGSN时, 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side may also have the following features: the network side further includes a target GGSN, where: the target GGSN is configured to: when the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, the GGSN, determine the terminal Whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息;  Updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述目标 GGSN是设置成以如下方式判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性:  The target GGSN is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
所述目标 GGSN收到所述目标 SGSN发送的创建 PDP上下文请求消息 后, 向所述 GGSN发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文 信息; 并接收所述 GGSN返回的应答消息, 其中, 所述应答消息中携带所述 将要创建的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示;  After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports mobility.
或者, 接收所述 GGSN推送的上下文信息, 其中, 所述上下文信息中携 带所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示。 上述网络侧还可具有以下特点 , 所述网络侧还包括目标 SGSN, 其中: 所述目标 SGSN还设置成: 在所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中, 接收到所述 SGSN发送的重定向请求后, 判断所述重定向 请求中携带的所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性; Or receiving the context information that is sent by the GGSN, where the context information carries an indication of whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility. The network side may also have the following feature, where the network side further includes a target SGSN, where: the target SGSN is further configured to: receive, in the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, After the redirect request sent by the SGSN, determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 与目标无线网络控制器交互, 为所述 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文建立无线承载资源;  And interacting with the target radio network controller, and establishing a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,指示所述 SGSN去激活所述不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the SGSN is instructed to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括 SGSN, 其中, 所述 SGSN还设置成: 在所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 的过程中, 向所述目标 SGSN发送所述重定向请求前, 判断所述终端的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes an SGSN, where the SGSN is further configured to: send, in the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, to the target SGSN Before the redirection request, determining whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀 对应的 PDP上下文通过所述重定向请求发送给所述目标 SGSN;  Transmitting, by the redirect request, the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility to the target SGSN;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括 MME, 其中, 当所述接入路由器为源 P-GW时:  The network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes an MME, where, when the access router is a source P-GW:
所述 P-GW设置成: 为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀通过源 S-GW发送给所述 MME; 以及, 向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及所述终端的位置 信息;  The P-GW is configured to: allocate, to the terminal, the mobility-capable IP address or prefix, and send the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the MME by using a source S-GW; and, to a location The management server sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal;
所述 MME设置成: 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The MME is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal. The above network side can also have the following features.
所述 MME还设置成: 当所述终端发起切换时, 判断所述终端的 IP地址 或前缀是否支持移动性:  The MME is further configured to: when the terminal initiates the handover, determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility:
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的分组数据网络(PDN )上下文; Deleting the IP address that does not support mobility for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility Or a packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the prefix;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发在所述终端的目标 P-GW为所述 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更 新所述终端的位置信息。  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target P-GW at the terminal is triggered to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, and the location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点,  The above network side can also have the following features.
所述 P-GW还设置成: 所述终端从所述 S-GW切换到目标 S-GW后, 且 当所述 P-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 判断所述终端 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The P-GW is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal, not the P-GW Determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 P-GW为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终 端的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target P-GW, a PDN context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, delete the IP address that does not support mobility or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括目标 S-GW, 其中: 所述目标 S-GW还设置成:所述终端从所述 S-GW切换到所述目标 S-GW 后, 且当所述目标 S-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side may also have the following features, where the network side further includes a target S-GW, where: the target S-GW is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW And determining, by the target S-GW that the target P-GW selected by the terminal is not the P-GW, whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 P-GW为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终 端的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target P-GW, a PDN context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, delete the IP address that does not support mobility or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix.
上述网络侧还可具有以下特点, 所述网络侧还包括目标 P-GW, 其中, 所述目标 P-GW设置成: 所述终端从所述 P-GW切换到所述目标 P-GW 的过程中, 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side may also have the following features, the network side further includes a target P-GW, where the target P-GW is configured to: process that the terminal switches from the P-GW to the target P-GW Determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文; 针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息。 Deleting the IP address or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility for an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility; The location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
本发明实施例还提供一种终端, 其设置成: 向接入路由器发送请求消息, 请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The embodiment of the invention further provides a terminal, which is configured to: send a request message to the access router, requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility for the terminal.
本发明实施例中,在终端需要从网络获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 才向网络请求获取。且只有那些需要移动性支持的应用才会基于上述 IP地址 或前缀来收发 IP报文, 也即只有这些应用的流量才需要绕经锚点, 极大的减 少了需要迂回路由的流量, 从而减轻了承载网的负荷和锚点网元的压力。 附图概述  In the embodiment of the present invention, when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or a prefix supporting mobility from the network, the network requests the network. Only those applications that require mobility support will send and receive IP packets based on the above IP address or prefix, that is, only the traffic of these applications needs to bypass the anchor point, which greatly reduces the traffic required by the loop, thereby reducing The load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element. BRIEF abstract
图 1为相关技术中移动性管理的结构图。  FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of mobility management in the related art.
图 2为本发明第一实施例的流程图。  Figure 2 is a flow chart of the first embodiment of the present invention.
图 3为本发明第二实施例的流程图。  Figure 3 is a flow chart of a second embodiment of the present invention.
图 4为本发明第三实施例的流程图。  Figure 4 is a flow chart of a third embodiment of the present invention.
图 5为本发明第四实施例的流程图。  Figure 5 is a flow chart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
图 6为本发明实施例的身份位置分离的架构图。  FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of identity location separation according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 7为本发明第五实施例的流程图。  Figure 7 is a flow chart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
图 8为本发明第六实施例的流程图。  Figure 8 is a flow chart of a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
图 9为本发明实施例的 3G网络的架构图;  9 is a structural diagram of a 3G network according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10为本发明第七实施例的流程图。  Figure 10 is a flow chart of a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
图 11为本发明第八实施例的流程图。  Figure 11 is a flow chart of an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
图 12为本发明第九实施例的流程图。  Figure 12 is a flow chart of a ninth embodiment of the present invention.
图 13为本发明第十实施例的流程图。  Figure 13 is a flow chart of a tenth embodiment of the present invention.
图 14为本发明第十一实施的例流程图。  Figure 14 is a flow chart showing an eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
图 15为本发明实施例的 LTE网络的架构图。  FIG. 15 is a structural diagram of an LTE network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 16为本发明第十二实施例的流程图。 图 17为本发明第十三实施例的流程图。 Figure 16 is a flow chart showing a twelfth embodiment of the present invention. Figure 17 is a flow chart showing a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图 18为本发明第十四实施例的流程图。  Figure 18 is a flow chart showing a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
图 19为本发明第十五实施例的流程图。 本发明的较佳实施方式  Figure 19 is a flow chart showing a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. Preferred embodiment of the invention
下文中将结合附图对本发明的实施例进行详细说明。 需要说明的是, 在 不冲突的情况下, 本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互任意组合。  Embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the features in the embodiments and the embodiments in the present application may be arbitrarily combined with each other.
本发明实施例提供一种请求获取支持移动性 IP地址的方法, 包括: 接入路由器接收到终端发送的请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配 IP地 址或前缀的请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力,且所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀时, 则所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并返回所述支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀给所述终端。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for requesting acquisition of a mobile IP address, including: after the access router receives a request message sent by the terminal requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal, The terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router acquires an IP that supports mobility. An address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述接入路由器携带属性信息, 以告知所述终 端所述 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The method further includes: the access router carrying attribute information to notify the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所 述终端具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述 请求消息所请求的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则所述接入路由器为所 述终端分配不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并将所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀返回给所述终端。  The method further includes: after the access router receives the request message, when the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests Is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所 述终端不具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 则所 述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并将所述支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀发送给所述终端。  The method further includes: after the access router receives the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, the access router Obtaining an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and transmitting the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal.
其中, 所述接入路由器判断所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力的步骤包括:  The step of determining, by the access router, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility includes:
所述接入路由器根据所述请求消息中是否携带所述终端需要哪种 IP地址 或前缀的指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀的能力; Determining, by the access router, whether the terminal has an IP address or a prefix that is required by the terminal, and determining whether the terminal has an IP that supports mobility and does not support mobility. The ability to address or prefix;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端首次向所述接入路由器请求获取 IP地址或 前缀时, 是否携带预设的能力指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性 和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力;  Whether the access router carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time. Or the ability to prefix;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端初始入网时, 是否申明所述终端具备区分 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 确定所述终端是否具备 区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; 以及  The access router determines, according to the initial network access of the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile. Sexual IP address or prefix capability;
所述接入路由器从保存所述终端的上下文信息的网元获知所述终端是否 具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力。  The access router learns from the network element that stores the context information of the terminal whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
不同架构下具有不同的实现方式。  Different implementations are available under different architectures.
在固定锚点架构下, 所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀的步骤包括:  In the fixed anchor architecture, the step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility includes:
当所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 所述接入路 由器与锚点网元交互, 并接收所述锚点网元为所述终端分配的所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀。  When the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router interacts with an anchor network element, and receives the support mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal. IP address or prefix.
其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到目标接入 路由器后, 所述目标接入路由器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判 断所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目 标接入路由器与所述终端的锚点网元进行交互, 更新所述终端的移动性上下 文; 如果不支持, 则所述目标接入路由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 所述目标接入路由器发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。  The method further includes: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines that the terminal is currently used. Whether the IP address or the prefix supports the mobility, if supported, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, and updates the mobility context of the terminal; if not, the target connection The ingress router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the current The IP address or prefix used.
其中, 所述目标接入路由器判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性的步骤包括:  The step of determining, by the target access router, whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标接入路由器在获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 同时 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的信息; 或者, 所述 目标接入路由器根据本地配置信息确定所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是 否支持移动性。当然,该判断方法也适用于身份位置分离架构以及 LTE ( Long Term Evolution, 长期演进)和 3G ( The 3rd Generation, 第 3代) 架构下。 身份位置分离架构下, And obtaining, by the target access router, information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal; or, the target access router is configured according to the local The information determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. Of course, this method of judgment also applies to identity location separation architecture and LTE (Long Term Evolution, Long Term Evolution and 3G (The 3rd Generation, 3rd Generation) architecture. Under the identity location separation architecture,
所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 所述接入路由器为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述方法还包括:  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or the prefix that supports the mobility includes: the access router assigning the IP address or prefix that supports the mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述接入路由器向位置管理服务器发送所述终端的 IP地址或前缀和所述 终端的位置信息。  The access router sends the IP address or prefix of the terminal and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述接入路由器收到所述终端发送给对端的数据报文后, 当所述对端当 前使用不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则所述接入路由器直接发送所述数据 报文; 当所述对端当前使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路由 器釆用基于对端位置的路由方法发送所述数据报文。  After the access router receives the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, the access router directly sends the data packet when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility. When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router sends the data packet by using a routing method based on the peer location.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
在所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器后, 所述目标接 入路由器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目标接入路由器向所述位 置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 如果不支持, 则所述目标接入路由 器通知所述终端释放当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 或者, 所述目标接入路由器 发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所述终端释放当前 使用的 IP地址或前缀。  After the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports Mobility, if supported, the target access router updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix Or, the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
若将身份位置分离应用到 3G架构下, 则 If the identity location is separately applied to the 3G architecture, then
当所述接入路由器为网关通用分组无线服务支持节点 (GGSN ) 时: 所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并返回所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀给所述终端的步骤包括:  When the access router is a gateway general packet radio service support node (GGSN): the access router acquires an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal The steps include:
所述 GGSN为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 由所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀返回给所述终端; 所述方法还包括: Assigning, by the GGSN, the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal, the branch Returning, by the SGSN, the IP address or prefix that supports mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述 GGSN向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。  The GGSN sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述 GGSN携带属性信息,以告知所述 SGSN所述 IP地址或前缀为支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以 及所述属性信息记录在所述终端的分组数据协议(PDP )上下文信息中。  The GGSN carries attribute information to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility; the SGSN records the IP address or prefix supporting mobility and the attribute information in the The packet data protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
当所述终端发生切换时, 去激活不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文, 并触发为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文。 具体 的触发网元可以是目标 SGSN, GGSN, 目标 GGSN等。  When the terminal switches, the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated, and a PDP context is created for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility. The specific triggering network element may be a target SGSN, a GGSN, a target GGSN, or the like.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN后, 且当所述 SGSN或 GGSN 为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target GGSN selected by the SGSN or GGSN for the terminal is not the GGSN, the target SGSN or GGSN determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal is Support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN触发所述目 标 GGSN为该支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文, 并向位置管理 服务器更新该终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN triggers the target GGSN to create a PDP context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN发起去激 活不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN initiates deactivation of a PDP context corresponding to an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN后, 且当所述目标 SGSN 或所述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN 时, 所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN or the GGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, the target GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN向位置管理服务器更 新该终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target GGSN updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN去激活所述不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target GGSN deactivates the unsupported The mobility IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix.
其中,所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的 步骤包括:  The step of determining, by the target GGSN, whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标 GGSN收到所述目标 SGSN发送的创建 PDP上下文请求消息 后, 向所述 GGSN发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文 信息; 并接收所述 GGSN返回的应答消息, 其中, 所述应答消息中携带所述 将要创建的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示;  After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports mobility.
或者, 所述 GGSN接收到所述目标 SGSN的更新 PDP上下文请求后,推 送上下文信息给所述目标 GGSN, 所述目标 GGSN接收上下文信息, 其中, 所述上下文信息携带所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示。  Or, after receiving the update PDP context request of the target SGSN, the GGSN sends context information to the target GGSN, where the target GGSN receives context information, where the context information carries an IP address or a prefix of the terminal. Whether to support the indication of mobility.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中,所述目标 SGSN 接收到所述 SGSN发送的重定向请求后, 判断所述重定向请求中携带的所述 终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, after receiving the redirect request sent by the SGSN, the target SGSN determines the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request. Whether to support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN与目标无线网络控制 器交互,为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文建立无线承载 资源;  And the target SGSN interacts with the target radio network controller to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN指示所述 SGSN去 激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN instructs the SGSN to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN的过程中, 所述 SGSN向所述 目标 SGSN发送重定向请求前,判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动 性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, before the SGSN sends a redirect request to the target SGSN, it is determined whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility.
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文通过所述重定向请求发送给所述目标 SGSN;  The SGSN sends the mobility-relevant IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix to the target SGSN through the redirect request;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述 SGSN去激活所述不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the SGSN deactivates the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
若身份位置应用在 LTE架构中, 则 当所述接入路由器为分组数据网络网关 (P-GW ) 时: If the identity location is applied in the LTE architecture, then When the access router is a packet data network gateway (P-GW):
所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并返回所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀给所述终端的步骤包括:  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal includes:
所述 P-GW为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀通过服务网关 (S-GW ) 发送给移动管理实体 ( MME ),由所述 MME将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀返回给所述终端。  The P-GW allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the mobility management entity (MME) through the serving gateway (S-GW), The MME returns the IP address or prefix supporting mobility to the terminal.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述 P-GW向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。  The P-GW sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
其中, 当所述终端发生切换时, 去激活不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对 应的 PDN上下文, 并触发为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文。 具体的触发网元可以是 MME、 目标 S-GW、 P-GW, 目标 P-GW等。  Wherein, when the terminal switches, the IP address or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated, and a PDN context is triggered for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility. The specific trigger network element may be an MME, a target S-GW, a P-GW, a target P-GW, or the like.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
当所述终端发起切换时, 所述终端的 MME判断所述终端的 IP地址或前 缀是否支持移动性;  When the terminal initiates the handover, the MME of the terminal determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME删除所述不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀对应的分组数据网络( PDN )上下文;  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the MME deletes the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME触发在所述终端的目标 P-GW为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文,并向所述位置管 理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息。  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the MME triggers a PDN context to be created for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility at the target P-GW of the terminal, and updates the terminal to the location management server location information.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从 S-GW切换到目标 S-GW后, 且当所述目标 S-GW或所述 P-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 所述目标 S-GW或所 述 P-GW判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the target S-GW or the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal other than the P-GW, the target The S-GW or the P-GW determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或 P-GW触发所述目 标 P-GW为该支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置 管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或 P-GW删除所述 不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。 For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW triggers the target P-GW to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, and updates the location to the location management server The location information of the terminal; For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述终端从所述 P-GW切换到目标 P-GW的过程中, 所述目标 P-GW判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the P-GW to the target P-GW, the target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW删除所述不支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文;  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW向所述位置管理服务 器更新所述终端的位置信息。  The target P-GW updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
本发明实施例还提供一种终端, 其设置成: 向接入路由器发送请求消息, 请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The embodiment of the invention further provides a terminal, which is configured to: send a request message to the access router, requesting the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility for the terminal.
本发明实施例还提供一种网络侧。  The embodiment of the invention further provides a network side.
图 2为本发明的第一实施例的流程图, 终端在需要使用支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀时, 向网络请求分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 例如, 当终端 用户开始使用需要移动性支持的应用(如, VoIP )时,该应用向终端请求(如, 向终端的操作系统请求)获取一个支持移动性的 IP地址。 此时, 若终端上还 未配置有该支持移动性的 IP (即, IP地址或前缀) , 则向网络请求支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 具体包括以下步骤。 2 is a flowchart of a first embodiment of the present invention. When a terminal needs to use an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the terminal requests a network to support an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility. For example, when an end user starts using an application that requires mobility support (e.g., VoIP), the application requests (e.g., requests to the terminal's operating system) for an IP address that supports mobility. At this time, if the IP (or IP address or prefix) supporting the mobility is not configured on the terminal, the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility is requested from the network, and the following steps are specifically included.
步骤 201 , 终端向接入路由器发送请求消息, 用以请求接入路由器为终 端分配 IP地址或前缀。 此时, 终端在该消息中携带一指示, 用以指示接入路 由器为自己分配一个支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 201: The terminal sends a request message to the access router to request the access router to allocate an IP address or a prefix to the terminal. At this time, the terminal carries an indication in the message to instruct the access router to allocate an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
步骤 202,收到上述请求消息以后,接入路由器在查看到上述指示时(即, 收到的请求消息为请求分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的请求消息时), 确 定网络分配给该终端的锚点网元, 并与该锚点网元交互, 为该终端建立移动 性上下文。 终端的锚点网元为终端分配 IP地址或前缀, 并将该 IP地址或前 缀返回给接入路由器。  Step 202: After receiving the foregoing request message, when the access router views the foregoing indication (that is, when the received request message is a request message for requesting allocation of a mobile IP address or prefix), determining that the network is allocated to the terminal The anchor network element interacts with the anchor network element to establish a mobility context for the terminal. The anchor network element of the terminal assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix to the access router.
值得说明的是, 基于接入路由器与上述锚点网元的交互, 接入路由器和 锚点网元为该终端建立特殊路由。 例如, 在接入路由器与锚点网元之间为该 终端建立隧道(PMIP隧道、 MIP隧道或 GTP隧道等 ) 。 这样终端基于该 IP 地址或前缀发送给对端的 IP报文在到达接入路由器时, 由接入路由器通过上 述隧道发送给锚点网元, 再由锚点网元发送到对端; 对端发送到该 IP地址或 前缀的 IP报文在到达锚点网元时, 由锚点网元通过上述隧道发送给接入路由 器, 再由接入路由器发送给终端。 It is worth noting that, based on the interaction between the access router and the anchor network element, the access router and The anchor network element establishes a special route for the terminal. For example, a tunnel (PMIP tunnel, MIP tunnel, GTP tunnel, etc.) is established between the access router and the anchor network element. When the IP packet sent by the terminal to the peer end based on the IP address or the prefix arrives at the access router, the access router sends the packet to the anchor network element through the tunnel, and then the anchor network element sends the packet to the peer end. When the IP packet to the IP address or prefix arrives at the anchor network element, the anchor network element sends the packet to the access router through the tunnel, and then the access router sends the packet to the terminal.
步骤 203 , 通过与锚点网元的交互, 接入路由器获取到分配给终端的支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 接入路由器向终端返回应答消息, 携带上述 IP 地址或前缀。 在携带该 IP地址或前缀的同时, 还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属 性说明, 以告知终端该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 203: The access router acquires an IP address or prefix that supports mobility assigned to the terminal by interacting with the anchor network element. The access router returns a response message to the terminal, carrying the above IP address or prefix. While carrying the IP address or prefix, it also carries a description of the attribute of the IP address or prefix to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
通过上述实施例的方法,在终端需要从网络获取支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀时, 才向网络请求获取。 一般来说, 终端基于应用的需求, 如上述的在 有应用需要移动性支持时, 终端才向网络请求支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 仅在此时, 网络才为该终端分配锚点网元, 建立特殊路由等。 且, 只有那些 需要移动性支持的应用才会基于上述 IP地址或前缀来收发 IP报文, 也只有 这些应用的流量才需要绕经锚点, 极大的减少了需要迂回路由的流量, 从而 减轻了承载网的负荷和锚点网元的压力。  Through the method in the foregoing embodiment, when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or prefix supporting mobility from the network, the network requests the network. In general, the terminal requests the mobile-enabled IP address or prefix from the network based on the needs of the application, such as the above, when the application requires mobility support. Only at this time, the network allocates anchor network elements to the terminal, establishes special routes, and the like. Moreover, only those applications that require mobility support can send and receive IP packets based on the above IP addresses or prefixes, and only the traffic of these applications needs to bypass the anchor point, which greatly reduces the traffic required by the loop, thereby reducing The load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element.
如上述的方法, 值得说明的是, 若终端上的应用不要求移动性支持, 则 终端在向网络请求分配 IP地址或前缀时可不携带上述指示 (或者携带另外的 指示用以说明请求的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀), 接入路由器直接为 该终端分配 IP地址或前缀(即, 不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀)并返回给 终端。 终端基于这样的 IP地址或前缀来收发 IP报文时, 可以直接通过该接 入路由器来收发。 还值得说明的是, 在上述方法中, 当要求终端本身能够识别获取到的 IP 地址或前缀是否支持移动性时, 则一般需要对现有的终端作改动 (如, 软硬 件升级等)。 当接入路由器要知道终端是否具有能识别这两种 IP地址或前缀 (即, 支持移动性的和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀)的能力时, 有如下几 种方法。  As described above, it is worth noting that if the application on the terminal does not require mobility support, the terminal may not carry the above indication when requesting the network to allocate an IP address or prefix (or carry another indication to indicate whether the request is not Supporting the mobility IP address or prefix), the access router directly assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal (ie, does not support the mobility IP address or prefix) and returns it to the terminal. When the terminal sends and receives IP packets based on such an IP address or prefix, it can directly send and receive IP packets through the access router. It is also worth noting that in the above method, when the terminal itself is required to recognize whether the acquired IP address or prefix supports mobility, it is generally necessary to make changes to the existing terminal (e.g., software and hardware upgrade, etc.). There are several ways in which an access router can know whether a terminal has the ability to recognize both IP addresses or prefixes (i.e., IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility).
一种方法是, 终端向接入路由器请求获取 IP地址时, 总是在请求消息中 明确的携带指示自己需要哪种 IP地址或前缀的指示,接入路由器根据上述指 示确定该终端具有上述能力; 若在请求消息中不携带上述指示, 则接入路由 器确定该终端不具有上述能力。 One method is that when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address, it is always in the request message. The access router explicitly indicates that the IP address or the prefix is required by the access router, and the access router determines that the terminal has the foregoing capability according to the foregoing indication. If the indication is not carried in the request message, the access router determines that the terminal does not have the foregoing capability.
另一种方法是, 在终端首次向接入路由器请求获取 IP地址时, 在请求消 息中携带另一指示, 以说明自己能区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀。 若不携带该 指示, 则接入路由器确定该终端不能区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀。  Alternatively, when the terminal first requests the access router to obtain an IP address, the request message carries another indication to indicate that the two types of IP addresses or prefixes can be distinguished. If the indication is not carried, the access router determines that the terminal cannot distinguish between the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
或者, 终端也可以在初始入网的时候, 向接入路由器申明自己能区分两 种 IP地址或前缀; 当终端没有申明时,接入路由器默认终端不具有这种能力。  Alternatively, the terminal may also declare to the access router that it can distinguish between two IP addresses or prefixes when initially entering the network; when the terminal does not declare, the default terminal of the access router does not have this capability.
再一种方法是, 终端在初始入网过程中, 将自己能否区分上述两种 IP地 址或前缀的能力通知给网络中保存该终端的上下文信息的网元, 如接入鉴权 服务器, 由该网元保存该信息。 可选地, 具有上述能力的终端在发送给上述 网元的消息中携带指示说明自己具有该能力; 反之, 不具有上述能力的终端 在发送给上述网元的消息中不携带上述指示, 当该网元发现在收到的消息中 未携带上述指示时, 判断终端不具有区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀的能力。 这 样, 接入路由器从上述保存该终端的上下文信息的网元能获知该终端是否具 有能识别这两种 IP地址或前缀的能力。  In another method, the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved, such as the access authentication server, by the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes in the initial network access process. The NE saves this information. Optionally, the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element that the user has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, it determines that the terminal does not have the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes. In this way, the access router can learn from the network element that saves the context information of the terminal that the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
基于上述的方法,若确定终端不具有区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀的能力, 则在收到终端请求分配 IP地址或前缀的消息时,接入路由器为终端请求支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并发送给终端; 若确定终端具有区分上述两种 IP 地址或前缀的能力, 则依照上述步骤 201-203 所述的方法为终端分配支持或 者不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Based on the foregoing method, if it is determined that the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing the two types of IP addresses or prefixes, the access router requests the terminal to support the mobility IP address or prefix when receiving the message that the terminal requests to allocate the IP address or the prefix. And sending to the terminal; if it is determined that the terminal has the ability to distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes, the terminal is allocated an IP address or prefix that supports or does not support mobility according to the method described in the above steps 201-203.
值得说明的是, 当终端基于不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀收发 IP报文 时, 路径为: 终端 <->接入路由器 <->对端; 当终端基于支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀收发 IP 4艮文时, 路径为: 终端 <->接入路由器 <->锚点网元 <->对端。  It is worth noting that when the terminal sends and receives IP packets based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the path is: terminal <-> access router <-> peer; when the terminal is based on IP address or prefix supporting mobility When sending and receiving IP 4 messages, the path is: Terminal <-> Access Router <-> Anchor Network Element <-> Peer.
可选地, 在步骤 201 中, 终端向接入路由器发送路由征集 (Router Optionally, in step 201, the terminal sends a route collection to the access router (Router)
Solicitation, 简称 RS )消息以请求分配 IP地址或前缀, 此时终端在该消息中 携带上述各种指示; 接入路由器使用路由广播(Router Advertisement, 简称 RA )应答终端, 携带分配给终端的 IP地址或前缀, 以及携带对该 IP地址或 前缀的属性说明。 实施例二 The Solicitation (RS) message is used to request an IP address or a prefix. The terminal carries the above indications in the message. The access router uses a Router Advertisement (RA) to answer the terminal and carries the IP address assigned to the terminal. Or a prefix, and a description of the attribute carrying the IP address or prefix. Embodiment 2
图 3所示为本发明的第二实施例的流程图, 描述了终端因移动而切换了 当前附着的接入路由器的场景, 例如, 从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由 器, 具体包含以下步骤。  3 is a flowchart of a second embodiment of the present invention, and describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached access router due to mobility, for example, switching from a source access router to a target access router, specifically including the following step.
步骤 301 , 终端从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器。 一般来说, 目 标接入路由器可以收到来源于网络(如, 源接入路由器)或者终端的相关消 息。  Step 301: The terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router. In general, the target access router can receive related messages originating from the network (e.g., source access router) or the terminal.
步骤 302, 目标接入路由器获取终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。 一般来 说, 目标接入路由器可以从源接入路由器或者上述的保存终端上下文信息的 网元中获取到分配给该终端的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 302: The target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal. In general, the target access router can obtain the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal from the source access router or the above-mentioned network element that stores the terminal context information.
步骤 303-304 , 在获取到上述 IP地址或前缀后, 目标接入路由器判断该 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性。  Steps 303-304: After obtaining the foregoing IP address or prefix, the target access router determines whether the IP address or the prefix supports mobility.
若该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则目标接入路由器 与该终端的锚点网元进行交互, 以更新该终端的移动性上下文。 具体来说, 在目标接入路由器上为该 IP地址或前缀设置步骤 202所述的特殊路由以及更 新锚点网元上已经设置的特殊路由 (例如, 在目标接入路由器和锚点网元之 间为该 IP地址或前缀建立隧道) 。 若该 IP地址或前缀是不支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀, 则目标接入路由器通知该终端释放该 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 目 标接入路由器通知源接入路由器, 由源接入路由器通知该终端释放该 IP地址 或前缀。  If the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal to update the mobility context of the terminal. Specifically, the special route described in step 202 is set for the IP address or prefix on the target access router, and the special route that has been set on the anchor network element is updated (for example, in the target access router and the anchor network element). Establish a tunnel for the IP address or prefix). If the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the IP address or prefix; or the target access router notifies the source access router that the source access router notifies The terminal releases the IP address or prefix.
值得说明的是, 目标接入路由器在获取到终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀 时, 例如, 从源接入路由器或保存终端的上下文信息的网元获取到终端当前 使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 可以同时获取到该 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性 的信息, 根据此信息, 目标接入路由器可确定该 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动 性。 或者目标接入路由器根据本地配置信息来确定上述 IP地址或前缀是否为 支持移动性的 IP, 例如, 以 10开头的 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的, 而以 01开头的则为不支持移动性的。 步骤 305 , 在终端切换到目标接入路由器后, 目标接入路由器向终端发 送消息, 以通知终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀的状态。 此时, 该消息中携带 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的信息以通知终端可以继续使用该 IP地址或前 缀, 并还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性信息; 该消息还可以携带终端之前使用 的不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并将之置为无效, 然后通知终端释放该 IP 地址或前缀。 目标接入路由器向终端发送的消息为上述的 RS消息。 It is worth noting that when the target access router obtains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, for example, when the source access router or the network element storing the context information of the terminal obtains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, Based on this information, the target access router can determine whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility. Or the target access router determines, according to the local configuration information, whether the IP address or the prefix is an IP that supports mobility. For example, an IP address or prefix that starts with 10 is for mobility, and a code that starts with 01 does not support mobility. Sexual. Step 305: After the terminal switches to the target access router, the target access router sends a message to the terminal to notify the terminal of the current IP address or the state of the prefix. At this time, the message carries the information of the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to notify the terminal that the IP address or the prefix can continue to be used, and also carries the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix; the message may also carry the previously used by the terminal. The mobility IP address or prefix is not supported, and is invalidated, and then the terminal is notified to release the IP address or prefix. The message sent by the target access router to the terminal is the above RS message.
此时, 终端上基于不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的会话 ( Session )将不 能正常与对端通信。 此时, 这些会话(或应用)可以向终端请求新的不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀(如实施例一所述的方法, 终端向目标接入路由器请 求获取不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀) 。  At this time, the session (Session) based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility will not be able to communicate with the peer. At this time, the sessions (or applications) may request a new IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal. As in the method described in Embodiment 1, the terminal requests the target access router to obtain an IP address that does not support mobility or Prefix).
实施例三 Embodiment 3
图 4是本发明的第三实施例的流程图, 假定终端使用动态主机设置协议 ( Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, 简称 DHCP )向接入路由器请求 IP地 址。 假定此时接入路由器同时作为 DHCP服务器, 具体包括以下步骤。  4 is a flow chart of a third embodiment of the present invention, which assumes that the terminal requests an IP address from an access router using a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). It is assumed that the access router serves as a DHCP server at the same time, and specifically includes the following steps.
步骤 401 , 终端向接入路由器发送 DHCP发现( DHCP Discover ) 消息, 以请求为自己分配 IP地址或前缀。 终端还在该消息中携带步骤 201所述的指 示, 用以指示请求分配支持移动性的 IP或前缀(或指示分配不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀) 。  Step 401: The terminal sends a DHCP Discover message to the access router to request an IP address or a prefix for itself. The terminal also carries the indication described in step 201 in the message to indicate that the request to assign an IP or prefix supporting mobility (or to indicate an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility).
步骤 402, 接入路由器收到上述消息后, 判断终端请求的 IP地址或前缀 类型。 若终端请求的为支持移动性的 IP, 则如步骤 202所述, 接入路由器与 终端的锚点网元交互, 从锚点网元获取分配给终端的 IP地址或前缀, 以及为 该终端设置特殊路由。  Step 402: After receiving the foregoing message, the access router determines the IP address or prefix type requested by the terminal. If the terminal requests the mobility-enabled IP, the access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, obtains the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal from the anchor network element, and sets the terminal for the terminal, as described in step 202. Special route.
步骤 403 , 接入路由器向终端返回 DHCP提供 ( DHCP Offer ) 消息, 其 中携带分配给终端的 IP地址或前缀, 同时携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性 (支 持移动性或不支持移动性) 。  Step 403: The access router returns a DHCP Offer message to the terminal, where the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility).
步骤 404, 终端向接入路由器发送 DHCP请求( DHCP Request ) 消息, 其中携带上述分配的 IP地址或前缀; 步骤 405, 接入路由器返回 DHCP认可(DHCPACK )消息, 携带上述分 配的 IP地址或前缀。 Step 404: The terminal sends a DHCP Request (DHCP Request) message to the access router, where the IP address or prefix allocated by the terminal is carried. Step 405: The access router returns a DHCP acknowledgement (DHCPACK) message carrying the assigned IP address or prefix.
值得说明的是, 在收到 DHCP Discover消息时, 若终端请求支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀, 则当接入路由器与锚点网元交互以请求锚点网元分配 IP 地址或前缀给终端时, 接入路由器和锚点网元也可在此时不为终端设置特殊 路由(建立隧道等)。 而在收到步骤 404的 DHCP Request消息以后, 接入路 由器再向锚点网元发送另一个消息, 以触发自己和上述锚点网元为该终端设 置特殊路由。 还值得说明的是, 若终端请求的为不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则接 入路由器无需和锚点网元交互, 直接自己为该终端分配 IP地址或前缀。  It should be noted that, when receiving the DHCP Discover message, if the terminal requests to support the mobility IP address or prefix, when the access router interacts with the anchor network element to request the anchor network element to assign an IP address or prefix to the terminal, The access router and the anchor network element may also not set a special route (establishing a tunnel, etc.) for the terminal at this time. After receiving the DHCP Request message in step 404, the access router sends another message to the anchor network element to trigger itself and the anchor network element to set a special route for the terminal. It is also worth noting that if the terminal requests an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the access router does not need to interact with the anchor network element, and directly assigns an IP address or prefix to the terminal.
实施例四 Embodiment 4
图 5是本发明的第四实施例的流程图, 假定终端使用 DHCP协议, 并因 移动从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器, 具体包含以下步骤。  Figure 5 is a flow chart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention. It is assumed that the terminal uses the DHCP protocol and switches from the source access router to the target access router due to the movement, which specifically includes the following steps.
步骤 501 , 终端切换到目标接入路由器时, 由于检测到接入点发生变化, 终端向目标接入路由器发送 DHCP请求, 携带之前分配的 IP地址或前缀, 并 携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性(支持移动性或不支持移动性) 。  Step 501: When the terminal switches to the target access router, the terminal sends a DHCP request to the target access router, and carries the previously assigned IP address or prefix, and carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix ( Support mobility or not support mobility).
步骤 502, 目标接入路由器判断终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持 移动性。 目标接入路由器可以根据上述 DHCP请求中携带的属性信息来做判 断。  Step 502: The target access router determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. The target access router can make a judgment based on the attribute information carried in the above DHCP request.
步骤 503-504, 若判断终端的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性, 则目标接入路 由器与终端的锚点网元交互, 如步骤 304所述, 更新锚点网元上已经设置的 特殊路由。 交互之后, 目标接入路由器向终端返回 DHCPACK消息, 携带上 述 IP地址或前缀。 此时, 终端可以继续使用该支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Steps 503-504: If it is determined that the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal, and as described in step 304, the special route that has been set on the anchor network element is updated. After the interaction, the target access router returns a DHCPACK message to the terminal, carrying the above IP address or prefix. At this point, the terminal can continue to use the IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
若判断终端的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性, 目标接入路由器向终端返回 If it is judged that the IP address or prefix of the terminal does not support mobility, the target access router returns to the terminal.
DHCP否认(DHCPNAK ) 消息, 拒绝终端继续使用这个 IP地址或前缀。 此 时,终端上基于不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的应用将不能正常与对端通信。 这些应用可以向终端请求新的不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀(如实施例一所 述的方法,终端向目标接入路由器请求获取不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀)。 值得说明的是, 如实施例二所述, 目标接入路由器也可以从源接入路由 器或者为终端保存上下文信息的网元获取到终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 以及该 IP地址或前缀的属性信息。 则目标接入路由器也可不依赖于步骤 501 所述的 DHCP请求来获取终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀信息。 此时, 对于支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 如上述步骤 503 , 目标接入路由器与锚点网元交 互, 并更新路由信息。 而对于不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 也可以不做处 理, 而等到后续收到终端发送的基于该不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的 IP 报文时, 直接丟弃该报文, 以迫使终端重新发起 DHCP流程以获取 IP地址或 前缀。 The DHCP denied (DHCPNAK) message denies the terminal to continue using this IP address or prefix. At this time, the application based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility on the terminal will not be able to communicate normally with the peer. These applications can request a new IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal (as in the first embodiment). In the method described, the terminal requests the target access router to acquire an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility. It should be noted that, as described in the second embodiment, the target access router may also obtain the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal from the source access router or the network element that saves the context information, and the IP address or prefix of the terminal. Attribute information. The target access router may also obtain the IP address or prefix information currently used by the terminal without relying on the DHCP request described in step 501. At this time, for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, as in step 503 above, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element and updates the routing information. For an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the packet may be discarded without being processed. When the IP packet received by the terminal based on the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is received, the packet is directly discarded. To force the terminal to re-initiate the DHCP process to obtain an IP address or prefix.
另外, 值得说明的是, 实施例三和四中的具体消息是以 DHCPv4协议为 例的, 也适用于 DHCPv6协议。 使用 DHCP Request消息替代 DHCP Discover 消息、使用 DHCP Advertise消息替代 DHCP Offer消息,以及使用 DHCP Reply 消息取代 DHCPACK和 DHCPNAK消息。 DHCP Reply消息中使用具体的参 数来区分是肯定的应答 (对应 DHCPACK 消息) 或否定的应答 (对应 DHCPNAK消息) , 其余的原理一致。  In addition, it should be noted that the specific messages in Embodiments 3 and 4 are exemplified by the DHCPv4 protocol, and also applicable to the DHCPv6 protocol. Use DHCP Request message instead of DHCP Discover message, DHCP Advertise message instead of DHCP Offer message, and DHCP Reply message instead of DHCPACK and DHCPNAK message. The specific parameters in the DHCP Reply message are used to distinguish whether it is a positive response (corresponding to a DHCPACK message) or a negative response (corresponding to a DHCPNAK message). The other principles are the same.
除了传统的如背景技术里介绍的移动性管理技术以外, 业界也有一种基 于身份位置分离的移动性管理技术, 对应的架构如图 6所示。 图 6中, 接入 路由器和位置管理服务器是该移动性管理技术的核心网元。 接入路由器的主 要作用是负责用户接入, 为用户终端分配 IP地址; 位置管理服务器的作用是 记录用户终端的 IP地址和终端当前位置信息的关系,即 ,记录用户终端的 "IP 地址-位置" 对应关系。 上述的位置信息是终端当前连接的接入路由器的 IP 地址。 值得说明的是, 对端也需要通过这样的接入路由器接入到网络。  In addition to the traditional mobility management technologies as described in the background art, the industry also has a mobility management technology based on identity location separation, and the corresponding architecture is shown in FIG. 6. In Figure 6, the access router and location management server are the core network elements of the mobility management technology. The main function of the access router is to be responsible for user access and assign an IP address to the user terminal. The role of the location management server is to record the relationship between the IP address of the user terminal and the current location information of the terminal, that is, to record the IP address-location of the user terminal. " Correspondence. The above location information is the IP address of the access router to which the terminal is currently connected. It is worth noting that the peer also needs to access the network through such an access router.
在这种移动性管理技术中, 当数据报文到达对端的接入路由器(图 6所 示的接入路由器 -对端 )时,接入路由器-对端先确定上述终端的位置。假定当 前终端连接在接入路由器 A, 接入路由器 -对端将数据报文进行隧道封装, 将隧道的目的地址设为接入路由器 A的地址, 将数据报文发送到接入路由器 A。 接入路由器 A收到上述报文后, 解除隧道封装, 并将数据报文投递给终 端。 当终端因移动而切换了当前为其服务的接入路由器时, 例如, 从接入路 由器 A切换到接入路由器 B, 接入路由器 A需要向位置管理服务器更新该终 端当前 "IP地址-位置 " 对应关系, 将位置信息更新为接入路由器 B的 IP地 址。接入路由器-对端也能获得到相应的通知,从而接入路由器-对端会将上述 的数据报文直接发送到接入路由器 B,再由接入路由器 B将报文发送到终端。 In this mobility management technology, when the data packet arrives at the access router of the opposite end (the access router-peer end shown in FIG. 6), the access router-peer determines the location of the terminal first. Assume that the current terminal is connected to access router A. The access router-peer end tunnels the data packet, sets the destination address of the tunnel to the address of access router A, and sends the data packet to access router A. After receiving the above packet, access router A releases the tunnel encapsulation and delivers the data packet to the terminal. When the terminal switches the access router currently serving it due to the movement, for example, from the access road The switch A is switched to the access router B. The access router A needs to update the current "IP address-location" correspondence of the terminal to the location management server, and updates the location information to the IP address of the access router B. The access router-the peer can also obtain the corresponding notification, so that the access router-peer will send the above data packet directly to the access router B, and then the access router B sends the packet to the terminal.
如上文所述, 仅有少部分应用需要网络移动性的支持, 而大部分移动终 端的应用并不需要。 而上述的基于身份位置原理的移动性管理方案也不区分 终端的需求, 始终为终端提供移动性服务。 这样, 即便终端不需要移动性支 持, 网络也总为终端维护一些与支持移动性相关的上下文, 比如, 在位置管 理服务器中维护终端 "IP地址-位置" 对应关系, 以及对端向终端发送 IP报 文时,接入路由器-对端始终釆用隧道封装的方法来传递 IP报文,这都增加了 网络的开销。 实际上本发明实施例的方法也可以应用在这种基于身份位置分 离的移动性管理技术中, 可以减少网络的开销。  As mentioned above, only a small number of applications require network mobility support, and most mobile terminal applications do not. The above-mentioned mobility management scheme based on the identity location principle does not distinguish the requirements of the terminal, and always provides mobility services for the terminal. In this way, even if the terminal does not need mobility support, the network always maintains some mobility-related contexts for the terminal, for example, maintaining the terminal "IP address-location" correspondence in the location management server, and sending the IP to the terminal to the terminal. When the packet is received, the access router-the peer always uses the tunnel encapsulation method to deliver IP packets, which increases the network overhead. In fact, the method of the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to such an identity-based location-based mobility management technology, which can reduce network overhead.
实施例五 Embodiment 5
图 7为本发明的第五实施例的流程图, 本实施例应用在基于身份位置分 离的移动性管理技术中, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment is applied to the mobility management technology based on identity location separation, and specifically includes the following steps.
步骤 701 , 同步骤 201。  Step 701, the same step 201.
步骤 702, 收到上述消息时, 接入路由器判断终端请求的是支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀时, 为终端分配一个支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 同时向 位置管理服务器发送该终端的 "IP地址-位置"关系, 由位置管理服务器保存。 其中, 终端的位置信息可为该接入路由器的 IP地址。 若接入路由器判断终端 请求的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则如步骤 202所述, 接入路由器为 终端分配一个不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并不向位置管理服务器更新终 端的位置信息。  Step 702: When receiving the foregoing message, when the access router determines that the terminal requests the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, the terminal allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, and simultaneously sends the terminal to the location management server. The IP address-location relationship is saved by the location management server. The location information of the terminal may be an IP address of the access router. If the access router determines that the terminal requests an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, as described in step 202, the access router allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal, and does not update the location management server. Location information of the terminal.
值得说明的是, 在基于身份位置分离的移动性管理技术中, 支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀的开头部分可使用特殊的值, 例如, 以 10开头, 以与不支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀做区分。  It is worth noting that in the mobility management technology based on identity location separation, the IP address of the mobility-enabled IP address or the beginning of the prefix can use a special value, for example, starting with 10, with an IP address that does not support mobility or The prefix is distinguished.
步骤 703 , 接入路由器向终端返回分配的 IP地址或前缀, 如步骤 203所 述, 还可携带对该 IP地址或前缀的属性说明。 Step 703: The access router returns an allocated IP address or prefix to the terminal, as shown in step 203. As described, the attribute description of the IP address or prefix may also be carried.
通过上述实施例的方法,在终端需要从网络获取支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀时, 向网络请求获取。 需要说明的是, 若终端从网络获取到不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 当基于该 IP收发 IP报文时, 对端给终端发送 IP报文, 其目的地址为终端的上述不支持移动性的 IP地址。 在该 IP 文到达接入路 由器-对端时, 接入路由器-对端能判断出该 IP地址不支持移动性(如, 以非 10开头的地址)后, 则使用普通的路由方式直接将该 IP报文发出, 而不必打 隧道。 反之, 终端基于支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀收发 IP报文, 对端给终 端发送的 IP报文的目的地址设置为终端的上述支持移动性的 IP地址。 在该 IP报文到达接入路由器 -对端时, 接入路由器 -对端能判断该 IP地址支持移动 性(如, 以 10开头的地址) , 则使用上述基于位置的路由方式直接将该 IP 报文发出,例如,使用隧道方式(外层 IP封装的目的地址设置为终端的位置, 源地址设置为接入路由器-对端的 IP地址; 内层 IP封装的目的地设置为终端 的 IP地址, 源地址设置为对端的 IP地址)发送数据, 或者使用替换目的 IP 地址的方式(用代表终端的位置信息的 IP地址替换终端的 IP地址, 在数据 包到达终端的接入路由器时, 再替换回来)发送数据。  Through the method of the foregoing embodiment, when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or prefix supporting mobility from the network, the network requests acquisition from the network. It should be noted that, if the terminal obtains an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility from the network, when the IP packet is sent or received based on the IP address, the peer sends an IP packet to the terminal, and the destination address is the above-mentioned non-supporting mobile terminal. Sexual IP address. When the IP address arrives at the access router-peer, the access router-peer can determine that the IP address does not support mobility (for example, an address that starts with a non-10), then use the ordinary routing method to directly IP packets are sent without having to tunnel. On the other hand, the terminal sends and receives IP packets based on the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and the destination address of the IP packet sent by the peer to the terminal is set to the above-mentioned mobility-capable IP address of the terminal. When the IP packet arrives at the access router-peer, the access router-peer can determine that the IP address supports mobility (for example, an address starting with 10), and directly uses the above location-based routing method to directly use the IP address. The message is sent, for example, using the tunnel mode (the destination address of the outer IP encapsulation is set to the location of the terminal, the source address is set to the IP address of the access router-peer; the destination of the inner IP encapsulation is set to the IP address of the terminal, The source address is set to the peer IP address) to send data, or to replace the destination IP address (replace the IP address of the terminal with the IP address representing the location information of the terminal, and replace it when the packet arrives at the access router of the terminal. )send data.
同样的, 在基于身份位置分离的移动性管理技术中, 接入路由器也需要 知道终端是否具有区分两种 IP地址(即, 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP 地址) 的能力, 其方法和原理与实施例二中所述同理, 在此不再赘述。  Similarly, in the mobility management technology based on identity location separation, the access router also needs to know whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between two IP addresses (ie, IP addresses that support mobility and does not support mobility). The principle is the same as that described in the second embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地, 在步骤 701中, 终端向接入路由器发送 RS消息以请求分配 IP 地址或前缀, 此时终端在该消息中携带上述各种指示; 接入路由器使用 RA 应答终端, 携带分配给终端的 IP地址或前缀, 以及携带对该 IP地址或前缀 的属性说明。  Optionally, in step 701, the terminal sends an RS message to the access router to request an IP address or a prefix, where the terminal carries the foregoing indications in the message; the access router uses the RA response terminal to carry the terminal to the terminal. The IP address or prefix, and a description of the attribute carrying the IP address or prefix.
实施例六 Embodiment 6
图 8为本发明的第六实施例的流程图, 本实施例是在应用身份位置分离 的移动性管理技术时, 终端因移动而切换了当前附着的接入路由器的场景, 例如, 从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器, 具体包含以下步骤。 步骤 801 , 同步骤 301。 FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a sixth embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, when the mobility management technology of the identity location separation is applied, the terminal switches the scenario of the currently attached access router due to the mobile, for example, from the source. The incoming router switches to the target access router, which includes the following steps. Step 801, the same as step 301.
步骤 802, 同步骤 302。  Step 802, the same as step 302.
步骤 803-804 , 在获取到终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 目标接入路 由器判断终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否具有移动性。在判断终端当前使 用的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性时, 目标接入路由器将自己的 IP地址作为终 端的新的位置信息, 更新位置管理服务器中该终端的 "IP地址-位置" 关系。 若判断终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则如 步骤 303-304所述, 由目标接入路由器或源接入路由器通知终端释放该 IP地 址或前缀。  Steps 803-804, when obtaining the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, the target access router determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal has mobility. When it is judged that the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility, the target access router uses its own IP address as the new location information of the terminal, and updates the "IP address-location" relationship of the terminal in the location management server. If it is determined that the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal does not support the mobility IP address or prefix, the target access router or the source access router notifies the terminal to release the IP address or prefix as described in steps 303-304.
目标接入路由器判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的方法如实施 例二所述, 其方法和原理相同, 在此不再赘述。  The method for the target access router to determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility is as described in the second embodiment, and the method and principle are the same, and details are not described herein again.
值得说明的是, 当本发明实施例的方法应用基于身份位置分离的移动性 管理技术中时, 也可以如实施例三和四所述, 终端使用 DHCP协议, 其原理 和方法是类同的。 其区别仅在于当源接入路由器确定终端请求的是支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀时, 为终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址, 以及将终端的 "IP 地址-位置" 对应关系发送到位置管理服务器。 在切换时, 当目标接入路由器 判断终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的时, 更新位置管理服务器 为该终端保存的 "IP地址-位置" 。 其余原理均类似, 在此不再赘述。  It should be noted that when the method of the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the mobility management technology based on identity location separation, the terminal may use the DHCP protocol as described in Embodiments 3 and 4. The principles and methods are similar. The only difference is that when the source access router determines that the terminal requests a mobility-capable IP address or prefix, it assigns a mobility-capable IP address to the terminal, and sends the terminal's "IP address-location" correspondence to the location management. server. At the time of handover, when the target access router determines that the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is mobility-supporting, the location management server updates the "IP address-location" saved for the terminal. The rest of the principles are similar and will not be described here.
上述的基于身份位置分离的移动性管理技术也可应用于现有的 3G网络, 其对应的架构如图 9所示。 图 9中, GGSN对应于上述的接入路由器, GGSN 和接入路由器-对端之间通过隧道方式来转发终端与对端之间交互的 IP ^艮文。 需要说明的是, 接入路由器-对端也可以是另一个 GGSN。 如上文所述, 将身 份位置分离的移动性管理技术应用于现有的 3G 网络, 也同样存在上述的问 题。  The foregoing mobility management technology based on identity location separation can also be applied to an existing 3G network, and its corresponding architecture is as shown in FIG. In Figure 9, the GGSN corresponds to the above-mentioned access router, and the GGSN and the access router-peer end tunnel the IP address of the interaction between the terminal and the peer. It should be noted that the access router-peer can also be another GGSN. As mentioned above, the application of the mobility management technology that separates the location of the location to the existing 3G network also has the above problems.
实施例七 Example 7
图 10所示为本发明的第七实施例的流程图, 在 3G网络中, 当终端在需 要使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 向网络请求分配支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀, 具体包括以下步骤。 FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a seventh embodiment of the present invention. In a 3G network, when a terminal needs to use an IP address or a prefix supporting mobility, the network requests to allocate an IP address supporting mobility. The address or prefix specifically includes the following steps.
步骤 1001 , 当终端需要配置支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 向当前连接 的 SGSN发送激活 PDP ( Packet Data Protocol, 分组数据协议 )上下文请求, 其中携带请求配置支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的指示。  Step 1001: When the terminal needs to configure an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, send an Activate PDP (Packet Data Protocol) context request to the currently connected SGSN, where the request carries a configuration IP address or prefix that supports mobility. Instructions.
步骤 1002, 收到该消息以后, 上述 SGSN为终端选择一个 GGSN, 并向 该 GGSN发送创建 PDP上下文请求消息, 其中也携带上述的指示。  Step 1002: After receiving the message, the SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, and sends a Create PDP Context Request message to the GGSN, where the indication is also carried.
步骤 1003 , 收到上述的创建 PDP上下文请求消息时, 当 GGSN发现该 消息中携带上述终端请求分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的指示时, 为终端 分配一个支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 值得说明的是, 可将 IP地址或前缀分为两类: 支持移动性的和不支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 用 IP地址或前缀的开头部分区分这两类, 例如, 以 10开头的为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 而以 01开头的则为不支 持移动性的。  Step 1003: When receiving the foregoing Create PDP Context Request message, when the GGSN finds that the message carries the indication that the terminal requests to allocate an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the terminal allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal. It is worth noting that IP addresses or prefixes can be divided into two categories: IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility. Optionally, the IP address or the beginning of the prefix is used to distinguish between the two types. For example, an IP address or a prefix that starts with 10 is a mobility-supporting IP address or a prefix, and a code that starts with 01 does not support mobility.
当 GGSN为终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时,还要为该终端向位 置管理服务器发送消息,携带为终端分配的 IP地址或前缀以及终端的位置信 息, 由位置管理服务器保存该信息。 可选地, 终端的位置信息为该 GGSN的 IP地址。  When the GGSN allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, it also sends a message to the location management server for the terminal, carrying the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal and the location information of the terminal, and the location management server saves the information. Optionally, the location information of the terminal is an IP address of the GGSN.
步骤 1004, GGSN向 SGSN返回创建 PDP上下文应答消息,携带为终端 分配的上述 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 该消息还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性 信息, 以告知 SGSN该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1004: The GGSN returns a Create PDP Context Response message to the SGSN, and carries the above IP address or prefix allocated for the terminal. Optionally, the message further carries attribute information of the IP address or prefix to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
步骤 1005, 收到上述消息后, SGSN需要将为终端分配的 IP地址或前缀 保存在本地。 具体地, 将 IP地址或前缀保存在该终端的 PDP上下文信息中。 可选地, SGSN还将该 IP地址或前缀的上述属性信息也记录在本地, 如, 使 用 PDP上下文中的 PDP TYPE参数字段来记录该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动 性还是不支持移动性。  Step 1005: After receiving the foregoing message, the SGSN needs to save the IP address or prefix allocated for the terminal locally. Specifically, the IP address or prefix is saved in the PDP context information of the terminal. Optionally, the SGSN also records the foregoing attribute information of the IP address or prefix locally, for example, using the PDP TYPE parameter field in the PDP context to record whether the IP address or prefix supports mobility or does not support mobility.
值得说明的是, GGSN可以将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存在本地。 具 体地, GGSN也将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存在 PDP上下文中。 如上述, SGSN以及 GGSN均将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存在终端的 PDP上下文 中, 若 PDP上下文中的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性, 则称该 PDP上下文为支 持移动性的 PDP上下文; 若 PDP上下文中的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性, 则称之为不支持移动性的 PDP上下文。 It is worth noting that the GGSN can save the attribute information of the IP address or prefix locally. Specifically, the GGSN also saves the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDP context. As described above, both the SGSN and the GGSN save the attribute information of the IP address or prefix in the PDP context of the terminal. If the IP address or prefix in the PDP context supports mobility, the PDP context is referred to as a PDP context supporting mobility; if the IP address or prefix in the PDP context does not support mobility, it is referred to as not supporting mobility. PDP context.
步骤 1006, SGSN向终端返回激活 PDP上下文应答消息, 携带上述分配 的 IP地址或前缀, 同时也携带上述的属性信息, 以告知终端该 IP地址或前 缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1006: The SGSN returns an activated PDP context response message to the terminal, and carries the allocated IP address or prefix, and also carries the foregoing attribute information, to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
通过上述实施例的方法,在终端需要获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 才向 3G 网络请求获取。 一般来说, 终端基于应用的需求, 即, 在有应用需 要网络提供移动性支持时, 终端才向网络请求支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 值得说明的是, 若终端上的应用无需要求移动性支持, 则终端在向网络请求 分配 IP地址或前缀时可不携带上述指示 (或者携带另外的指示用以说明请求 的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀), 则 GGSN为该终端分配不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀并返回给终端。 此时, GGSN无需与位置管理服务器交互, 位置管理服务器也不用为该终端维护 "IP地址-位置" 关系。  Through the method in the foregoing embodiment, when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the device requests the acquisition from the 3G network. In general, the terminal is based on the needs of the application, that is, when there is an application requiring the network to provide mobility support, the terminal requests the network to support the mobility IP address or prefix. It should be noted that if the application on the terminal does not need mobility support, the terminal may not carry the above indication when requesting the network to allocate an IP address or a prefix (or carry another indication to indicate that the request is an IP that does not support mobility. The address or prefix), the GGSN allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal and returns it to the terminal. At this time, the GGSN does not need to interact with the location management server, and the location management server does not need to maintain an "IP address-location" relationship for the terminal.
当对端向终端发送 IP报文时, 若终端基于的是支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀, 则接入路由器-对端根据终端的位置信息通过打隧道的方式将上述 IP 报文先发送到终端的 GGSN, 由 GGSN解除隧道封装之后再发送给终端; 若 终端基于的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则接入路由器 -对端直接将 IP 报文发出, 普通的路由机制中会将该 IP报文发送到终端。 如上所述, 接入路 由器-对端可以根据终端的 IP地址或前缀的开头部分确定终端是基于支持移 动性的还是基于不支持移动性的。  When the peer sends an IP packet to the terminal, if the terminal is based on the IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the access router-peer sends the IP packet to the tunnel first according to the location information of the terminal. The GGSN of the terminal is de-encapsulated by the GGSN and then sent to the terminal. If the terminal is based on an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the access router-peer directly sends the IP packet, and the ordinary routing mechanism will Send the IP packet to the terminal. As described above, the access router-peer can determine whether the terminal is based on support mobility or not based on mobility, based on the IP address of the terminal or the beginning of the prefix.
还值得说明的是, 如实施例一所述的, GGSN需要能确定终端是否具有 能识别这两种 IP地址或前缀(即, 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀)的能力。 若 GGSN判断终端不具有识别这两种 IP的能力, 则当终端请 求获取 IP地址或前缀时,始终为终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 GGSN 可以通过如下方式来判断终端是否具有能识别这两种 IP的能力。  It is also worth noting that, as described in the first embodiment, the GGSN needs to be able to determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize both IP addresses or prefixes (i.e., IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility). If the GGSN determines that the terminal does not have the ability to identify the two types of IPs, when the terminal requests to obtain an IP address or prefix, the terminal is always assigned an IP address or prefix that supports mobility. The GGSN can determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize both IPs by the following means.
一种方法是, 具有上述能力的终端在向 SGSN发送请求消息 (如, PDP 上下文激活请求消息) , 总是在请求消息中明确的携带指示自己需要哪种 IP 地址或前缀的指示, 该指示由 SGSN发送给 GGSN (如, 通过创建上下文请 求消息) , GGSN依据该指示能判断出该终端具有上述能力; 若上述消息中 不携带上述指示, 则 GGSN终端不具有上述能力。 In one method, the terminal having the above capability sends a request message (for example, a PDP context activation request message) to the SGSN, and always carries an indication indicating which IP address or prefix is needed in the request message, and the indication is The SGSN is sent to the GGSN (eg, by creating a context please The GGSN can determine, according to the indication, that the terminal has the foregoing capability; if the foregoing message is not carried in the message, the GGSN terminal does not have the foregoing capability.
另一种方法是, 在终端首次请求获取 IP地址时, 在发送给 SGSN的请求 消息 (如, PDP上下文激活请求) 中携带另一指示, 以说明自己能区分上述 两种 IP地址或前缀, 再由 SGSN发送给 GGSN。 若不携带该指示, 则 GGSN 判断该终端不能区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀。  Another method is: when the terminal first requests to obtain an IP address, another request is sent in the request message (for example, a PDP context activation request) sent to the SGSN, so that the user can distinguish the two IP addresses or prefixes, and then It is sent by the SGSN to the GGSN. If the indication is not carried, the GGSN determines that the terminal cannot distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
再一种方法是, 终端在初始入网过程中, 将自己能否区分上述两种 IP地 址或前缀的能力通知给网络中保存该终端的上下文信息的网元(如, 归属位 置寄存器( Home Location Register, HLR )、归属用户服务器( Home Subscriber Server, HSS )或 SGSN等) 由该网元保存该信息。 可选地, 具有上述能力的 终端在发送给上述网元的消息中携带指示以说明自己具有该能力; 反之, 不 具有上述能力的终端在发送给上述网元的消息中不携带上述指示, 当该网元 发现在收到的消息中未携带上述指示时, 则 GGSN判断终端不具有区分上述 两种 IP地址或前缀的能力。 此时, GGSN可以从上述保存该终端的上下文信 息的网元获知该终端是否具有能识别这两种 IP地址或前缀的能力。  In another method, the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved in the initial network access process (for example, the home location register). , HLR), Home Subscriber Server (HSS) or SGSN, etc.) The information is saved by the network element. Optionally, the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element to indicate that the terminal has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the foregoing capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, the GGSN determines that the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing the two types of IP addresses or prefixes. At this time, the GGSN can learn from the network element that saves the context information of the terminal that the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
实施例八 Example eight
图 11为本发明的第八实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当前 附着的 SGSN, 并触发切换附着的 GGSN的场景, 具体说是从源 GGSN切换 到目标 GGSN, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 11 is a flowchart of an eighth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device, and triggers a handover of the attached GGSN. Specifically, the source GGSN is switched to the target GGSN, and specifically includes the following. step.
步骤 1101 , 终端因移动而与当前的服务无线网络控制器( Radio Network Controller, RNC )协商, 发起切换服务 RNC的流程。  Step 1101: The terminal negotiates with the current serving Radio Network Controller (RNC) to initiate a process of switching the serving RNC.
步骤 1102, 当前的服务 RNC (源 RNC ) 向终端切换之前连接的 SGSN (源 SGSN )发送重定向请求, 触发切换。  Step 1102: The current serving RNC (source RNC) sends a redirection request to the SGSN (source SGSN) connected to the terminal to trigger the handover.
步骤 1103 , 源 SGSN为终端选择另一个 SGSN (目标 SGSN ) , 并向目 标 SGSN发送转交重定向请求,携带终端的 PDP上下文信息。该 PDP上下文 信息携带终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 以及还携带这些 IP地址或前缀的 属性信息 (支持移动性或不支持移动性) 。 步骤 1104,收到上述消息以后,基于上述的 PDP上下文信息,目标 SGSN 与目标 RNC (即, 为终端选定的, 在切换之后为终端服务的 RNC )交互, 为 终端建立无线承载资源。 Step 1103: The source SGSN selects another SGSN (target SGSN) for the terminal, and sends a handover redirection request to the target SGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal. The PDP context information carries the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also carries attribute information (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility) of these IP addresses or prefixes. Step 1104: After receiving the foregoing message, based on the foregoing PDP context information, the target SGSN interacts with the target RNC (ie, the RNC selected by the terminal and served by the terminal after the handover) to establish a radio bearer resource for the terminal.
步骤 1105, 目标 SGSN向源 SGSN返回转交重定向应答消息。  Step 1105: The target SGSN returns a handover redirect response message to the source SGSN.
步骤 1106, 源 SGSN向源 RNC发送重定向命令。  Step 1106: The source SGSN sends a redirect command to the source RNC.
步骤 1107, 源 RNC向目标 RNC发送重定向提交消息。  Step 1107: The source RNC sends a redirect commit message to the target RNC.
步骤 1108, 目标 RNC向目标 SGSN发送重定向发现消息。  Step 1108: The target RNC sends a redirect discovery message to the target SGSN.
步骤 1109, 目标 RNC与终端交互移动性信息。  Step 1109: The target RNC interacts with the terminal for mobility information.
步骤 1110, 目标 RNC向目标 SGSN发送重定向完成消息。  Step 1110: The target RNC sends a redirect complete message to the target SGSN.
步骤 1111 , 目标 SGSN为终端选择 GGSN, 例如, 选择距离自身拓朴最 近的 GGSN作为终端的目标 GGSN。  Step 1111: The target SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, for example, selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
步骤 1112,假设目标 SGSN为终端选择的目标 GGSN不是终端切换前连 接的 GGSN (即, 源 GGSN ) , 则目标 SGSN判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性。 若判断为是, 则执行步骤 1113-1116, 若判断为否, 则执行步骤 1117-1118。  Step 1112, assuming that the target GGSN selected by the target SGSN is not the GGSN (ie, source GGSN) connected before the terminal handover, the target SGSN determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. If the determination is yes, steps 1113-1116 are performed, and if the determination is no, steps 1117-1118 are performed.
步骤 1113 , 在目标 SGSN判断终端的 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的 IP 时, 为该 IP地址或前缀向目标 GGSN发送创建 PDP上下文请求消息, 携带 与这个 IP地址或前缀相关的 PDP上下文信息, 其中携带该 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 还携带说明其为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的指示。  Step 1113: When the target SGSN determines that the IP address of the terminal or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, send a PDP context request message to the target GGSN for the IP address or prefix, and carry the PDP context information related to the IP address or the prefix. This carries the IP address or prefix. Optionally, an indication indicating that it is an IP address or prefix supporting mobility is also carried.
步骤 1114, 收到上述消息以后, 目标 GGSN判断需要创建的 PDP上下 文对应的 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的, 因此与位置管理服务器交互, 更新 该终端的这个 IP地址或前缀的位置信息,新的位置信息可为该目标 GGSN的 IP地址。 可选地, 目标 GGSN才艮据步骤 1113中所述的携带的指示来确定该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的; 目标 GGSN也可以根据本地配置信息来判断 上述 IP地址或前缀是不是支持移动性, 例如, 如上述, 若该 IP地址或前缀 以 10开头, 则该 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1114: After receiving the foregoing message, the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created is mobility-capable, and therefore interacts with the location management server to update the location information of the IP address or prefix of the terminal. The location information can be the IP address of the target GGSN. Optionally, the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix is mobility-supported according to the carried indication in step 1113; the target GGSN may also determine, according to the local configuration information, whether the IP address or the prefix supports mobile Sex, for example, as described above, if the IP address or prefix starts with 10, the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
步骤 1115, 目标 GGSN与源 GGSN交互, 从源 GGSN获取与上述 IP地 址或前缀相关的上下文信息。 步骤 1116, 目标 GGSN向目标 SGSN返回创建 PDP上下文应答消息。 步骤 1117, 在目标 SGSN判断终端的 IP地址或前缀为不支持移动性的 IP时, 由目标 SGSN去激活该 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 目标 SGSN 向源 GGSN发送删除 PDP上下文请求, 以清除保存在源 GGSN上与上述 IP 相关的信息。 Step 1115: The target GGSN interacts with the source GGSN, and obtains context information related to the foregoing IP address or prefix from the source GGSN. Step 1116, the target GGSN returns a Create PDP Context Response message to the target SGSN. Step 1117: When the target SGSN determines that the IP address of the terminal or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the target SGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix. The target SGSN sends a delete PDP context request to the source GGSN to clear the information related to the above IP stored on the source GGSN.
步骤 1118, 目标 SGSN向终端发送去激活 PDP上下文请求,通知终端释 放该 IP地址或前缀。 此时, 运行在该终端上的所有基于该 IP地址或前缀的 业务都将中断。 当然, 基于业务的请求, 终端可以再次发起向网络请求获取 新的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1118: The target SGSN sends a deactivation PDP context request to the terminal to notify the terminal to release the IP address or prefix. At this point, all services based on the IP address or prefix running on the terminal will be interrupted. Of course, based on the service request, the terminal can initiate a request to the network to acquire a new IP address or prefix.
步骤 1119, 后续相关流程。  Step 1119, subsequent related processes.
由本实施例可见, 在终端切换过程中, 目标 SGSN可以根据获取到的终 端的 PDP上下文信息中的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性,有选择的进行处理。 为那些支持移动性的 IP在目标 GGSN上创建 PDP上下文, 此时在切换完成 之后, 该 IP地址或前缀可以继续被终端使用; 而对于不支持移动性的 IP则 去激活其对应的 PDP上下文,促使终端释放该 IP地址或前缀, 即, 切换完成 之后, 该 IP地址或前缀不能被继续使用。  It can be seen that, in the process of the terminal handover, the target SGSN can selectively process according to whether the IP address or the prefix in the PDP context information of the obtained terminal supports mobility. A PDP context is created on the target GGSN for those IPs that support mobility. At this time, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix can continue to be used by the terminal; and for the IP that does not support mobility, the corresponding PDP context is deactivated. The terminal is caused to release the IP address or prefix, that is, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix cannot be used continuously.
值得说明的是, 在步骤 1113中, 目标 SGSN可以先向源 GGSN发送更 新 PDP上下文请求消息, 并携带指示说明该 PDP上下文对应的 IP支持移动 性; 源 GGSN再向目标 GGSN发送上下文推送消息, 该上下文推送消息中携 带上述 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文信息以及上述的指示; 目标 GGSN 收到上述消息后, 在判断上述 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的时候, 如步骤 1114所述, 与位置管理服务器交互, 更新终端的位置信息。  It is to be noted that, in step 1113, the target SGSN may first send an update PDP context request message to the source GGSN, and carry an indication indicating the IP support mobility corresponding to the PDP context; the source GGSN sends a context push message to the target GGSN again. The Context Push message carries the PDP context information corresponding to the IP address or the prefix and the foregoing indication. After receiving the foregoing message, the target GGSN determines that the IP address or prefix supports mobility, as described in step 1114, and the location. Manage server interactions and update the location information of the terminal.
实施例九 Example nine
图 12为本发明的第九实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当前 附着的 SGSN, 并触发切换附着的 GGSN的场景, 具体说是从源 GGSN切换 到目标 GGSN, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a ninth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device, and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
步骤 1201 , 同步骤 1101。 步骤 1202-1210, 同步骤 1102-1110。 Step 1201 is the same as step 1101. Steps 1202-1210 are the same as steps 1102-1110.
步骤 1211 , 目标 SGSN为终端选择 GGSN, 例选择距离自身拓朴最近的 GGSN作为终端的目标 GGSN。  Step 1211: The target SGSN selects the GGSN for the terminal, and selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
步骤 1212, 目标 SGSN向目标 GGSN发送创建 PDP上下文请求消息, 携带目标 SGSN保存的(从源 SGSN获取到 )终端的 PDP上下文信息, 其中 含有终端使用的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1212: The target SGSN sends a PDP Context Request message to the target GGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal (obtained from the source SGSN) saved by the target SGSN, where the IP address or prefix used by the terminal is included.
步骤 1213 ,收到创建 PDP上下文请求消息以后, 目标 GGSN向源 GGSN 发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文信息。  Step 1213: After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message, the target GGSN sends a request to the source GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created.
步骤 1214, 源 GGSN向目标 GGSN返回应答消息, 携带目标 GGSN请 求的信息, 同时携带指示, 以说明该 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀支持或 者不支持移动性。  Step 1214: The source GGSN returns a response message to the target GGSN, and carries the information of the target GGSN request, and carries an indication that the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports or does not support mobility.
步骤 1215, 目标 GGSN向目标 SGSN返回创建上下文应答消息。  Step 1215, the target GGSN returns a create context response message to the target SGSN.
步骤 1216, 目标 GGSN根据步骤 1214中返回的上述指示可以判断终端 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性(即,终端的 PDP上下文是否支持移动性)。 若支持, 则执行步骤 1217; 若不支持, 则执行步骤 1218-1220。  Step 1216: The target GGSN can determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility (that is, whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility) according to the foregoing indication returned in step 1214. If yes, go to step 1217; if not, go to steps 1218-1220.
步骤 1217,在目标 GGSN判断上述 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的 IP时, 如步骤 1114所述, 与位置管理服务器交互, 更新终端的位置信息。  Step 1217: When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, interact with the location management server to update the location information of the terminal, as described in step 1114.
步骤 1218, 在目标 GGSN判断上述 IP地址或前缀为不支持移动性的 IP 时, 由目标 GGSN去激活该 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 具体地, 目 标 GGSN向目标 SGSN发送删除 PDP上下文请求, 触发对上述 PDP上下文 的去激活。  Step 1218: When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the target GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix. Specifically, the target GGSN sends a delete PDP context request to the target SGSN to trigger deactivation of the PDP context.
步骤 1219, 同步骤 1118。  Step 1219, the same step 1118.
步骤 1220, 目标 SGSN向目标 GGSN返回删除 PDP上下文应答。  Step 1220: The target SGSN returns a delete PDP context response to the target GGSN.
步骤 1221 , 后续流程。  Step 1221, follow-up process.
值得说明是, 如上述, 在步骤 1214中, 目标 GGSN即可从源 GGSN获 知终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性。 此时, 若终端的 IP地址或前缀不 支持移动性, 可在步骤 1215中向目标 SGSN返回创建 PDP上下文失败的响 应, 同时向目标 SGSN发起去激活该 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文的流 程, 如步骤 1117-1118所述。 It is worth noting that, as described above, in step 1214, the target GGSN can learn from the source GGSN whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. At this time, if the IP address or the prefix of the terminal does not support the mobility, the response to the failure to create the PDP context may be returned to the target SGSN in step 1215, and the flow of deactivating the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix is initiated to the target SGSN. Process, as described in steps 1117-1118.
实施例十 Example ten
图 13为本发明的第四实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当前 附着的 SGSN, 并触发切换附着的 GGSN的场景, 具体说是从源 GGSN切换 到目标 GGSN, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a fourth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by using a mobile device and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
步骤 1301 , 同步骤 1101。  Step 1301, the same step 1101.
步骤 1302-1310, 同步骤 1102-1110。  Steps 1302-1310, the same steps 1102-1110.
步骤 1311 , 目标 SGSN根据获取到的 PDP上下文,获知终端之前连接的 GGSN (源 GGSN ) , 并向源 GGSN发送更新 PDP上下文请求。  Step 1311: The target SGSN learns the GGSN (source GGSN) connected to the terminal according to the acquired PDP context, and sends an update PDP context request to the source GGSN.
步骤 1312, 源 GGSN判断自己不适合继续为终端服务, 则为终端选择一 个新的 GGSN, 并向该目标 GGSN发送消息以推送该终端的上下文信息, 包 括终端的 PDP上下文信息。 其中, 包含终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 以及 还包括该 IP地址或前缀的属性(支持或不支持移动性) 。  Step 1312: The source GGSN determines that it is not suitable for continuing to serve the terminal, and then selects a new GGSN for the terminal, and sends a message to the target GGSN to push the context information of the terminal, including the PDP context information of the terminal. It contains the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also includes the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting or not supporting mobility).
步骤 1313 , 目标 GGSN向源 GGSN返回应答消息。  In step 1313, the target GGSN returns a response message to the source GGSN.
步骤 1315, 目标 GGSN根据步骤 1312中获取的上述指示 (属性 )可以 判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性,或者可以判断终端的 PDP上下文 是否支持移动性。 若支持, 则执行步骤 1316; 若不支持, 则执行 1317-1319。 Step 1315: The target GGSN may determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility according to the foregoing indication (attribute) obtained in step 1312, or may determine whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility. If yes, go to step 1316; if not, execute 1317-1319.
步骤 1316 ,在目标 GGSN判断上述 IP地址或前缀为支持移动性的 IP时 , 如步骤 1114所述, 与位置管理服务器交互, 更新终端的位置信息。  Step 1316: When the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is a mobility-enabled IP, interact with the location management server to update the location information of the terminal, as described in step 1114.
步骤 1317-1319, 在目标 GGSN判断上述 IP地址或前缀为不支持移动性 的 IP时, 同步骤 1218-1220。  Steps 1317-1319, when the target GGSN determines that the IP address or the prefix is an IP that does not support mobility, the same steps 1218-1220.
步骤 1320, 后续流程。  Step 1320, follow-up process.
值得说明的是, 在步骤 1312中, 源 GGSN在向目标 GGSN推送终端的 It is worth noting that in step 1312, the source GGSN is pushing the terminal to the target GGSN.
PDP上下文之前, 首先判断 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动 性, 若支持, 则执行上述的步骤 1312以及后续的步骤; 若不支持, 则不将该 PDP上下文发送给目标 GGSN,同时由源 GGSN发起去激活该 PDP上下文的 流程,具体执行过程与步骤 1317-1319类似,只不过流程的发起方为源 GGSN。 Before the PDP context, first determine whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility. If yes, perform step 1312 and subsequent steps; if not, do not The PDP context is sent to the target GGSN, and the source GGSN initiates a process of deactivating the PDP context. The specific execution process is similar to steps 1317-1319, except that the initiator of the process is the source GGSN.
实施例十一 Embodiment 11
图 14为本发明的第五实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当前 附着的 SGSN, 并触发切换附着的 GGSN的场景, 具体说是从源 GGSN切换 到目标 GGSN, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a fifth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached SGSN by a mobile device and triggers handover of a attached GGSN, specifically, a handover from a source GGSN to a target GGSN, specifically including the following step.
步骤 1401 , 同步骤 1101。  Step 1401, the same as step 1101.
步骤 1402, 同步骤 1102。  Step 1402, the same as step 1102.
步骤 1403 ,同步骤 1103 ,源 SGSN为终端选择目标 SGSN,并向目标 SGSN 发送转交重定向请求,携带终端的 PDP上下文信息。该 PDP上下文信息携带 终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 以及还携带这些 IP地址或前缀的类型 (支 持移动性或不支持移动性) 。  Step 1403: In the same step 1103, the source SGSN selects the target SGSN for the terminal, and sends a handover redirection request to the target SGSN, and carries the PDP context information of the terminal. The PDP context information carries the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and also carries the type of the IP address or prefix (support mobility or does not support mobility).
步骤 1404, 目标 SGSN为终端选择 GGSN, 例如, 选择距离自身拓朴最 近的 GGSN作为终端的目标 GGSN。  Step 1404: The target SGSN selects a GGSN for the terminal, for example, selects the GGSN closest to its topology as the target GGSN of the terminal.
步骤 1405 , 目标 SGSN判断上述收到的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前 缀的属性是支持移动性或是不支持移动性。若判断上述 IP或前缀支持移动性, 则目标 SGSN与目标 RNC交互, 为终端的该 PDP上下文建立无线承载资源。 也可以根据本地配置判断上述 IP或前缀是否支持移动性。  Step 1405: The target SGSN determines whether the attribute of the IP address or the prefix corresponding to the received PDP context supports mobility or does not support mobility. If it is determined that the IP or prefix supports mobility, the target SGSN interacts with the target RNC to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context of the terminal. It is also possible to determine whether the above IP or prefix supports mobility based on the local configuration.
步骤 1406, 目标 SGSN向源 SGSN返回转交重定向应答消息, 确认支持 移动性的 PDP上下文(即, PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性) ; 同时, 指示源 SGSN去激活不支持移动性的 PDP上下文。  Step 1406: The target SGSN returns a handover redirection response message to the source SGSN, and confirms the PDP context supporting mobility (ie, the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility); meanwhile, instructs the source SGSN to deactivate the mobility that does not support mobility. PDP context.
步骤 1407, 源 SGSN向源 RNC发送重定向命令。 如上述, 源 SGSN将 不支持移动性的 PDP上下文去激活, 具体流程类似步骤 1117-1118, 只不过 流程的发起方换为源 SGSN。  Step 1407: The source SGSN sends a redirect command to the source RNC. As described above, the source SGSN deactivates the PDP context that does not support mobility. The specific procedure is similar to steps 1117-1118, except that the initiator of the process is replaced by the source SGSN.
步骤 1408-1411 , 同步骤 1107-1110。  Steps 1408-1411, the same steps 1107-1110.
步骤 1412: 根据上述步骤中目标 SGSN选择的目标 GGSN, 为终端在目 标 GGSN创建 PDP上下文。 值得说明是, 此时的 PDP上下文均为支持移动 性的 PDP上下文。 具体流程同实施例八、 九、 十, 原理相同, 在此不在赘述。 还值得说明的是,在执行步骤 1403之前, 源 SGSN可以判断终端的 PDP 上下文是否支持移动性, 即,该 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移 动性或不支持移动性。 此时, 源 SGSN在向目标 SGSN发送的转交重定向请 求中仅携带那些支持移动性的 PDP上下文; 并且去激活那些不支持移动性的 PDP上下文。 这样在后续流程中, 目标 SGSN获取到的该终端的 PDP上下文 一定为支持移动性的 PDP上下文。 后续的操作同上述, 没有本质区别。 Step 1412: Create a PDP context for the terminal in the target GGSN according to the target GGSN selected by the target SGSN in the foregoing step. It is worth noting that the PDP context at this time supports mobile Sexual PDP context. The specific procedures are the same as those in the eighth, ninth, and tenth embodiments, and are not described here. It is also worth noting that before performing step 1403, the source SGSN can determine whether the PDP context of the terminal supports mobility, that is, whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context supports mobility or does not support mobility. At this time, the source SGSN carries only those PDP contexts supporting mobility in the handover redirection request sent to the target SGSN; and deactivates those PDP contexts that do not support mobility. In this way, in the subsequent process, the PDP context of the terminal acquired by the target SGSN must be a PDP context supporting mobility. Subsequent operations are the same as above, and there is no essential difference.
上述的基于身份位置分离的移动性管理技术也可应用于现有的 LTE 网 络, 其对应的架构如图 15所示。 图 15中, P-GW对应于上述的接入路由器, P-GW和接入路由器-对端之间通过隧道方式来转发终端与对端之间交互的 IP 报文。 需要说明的是, 接入路由器-对端也可以是另一个 P-GW。 如上文所述, 将身份位置分离的移动性管理技术应用于现有的 LTE网络, 也同样存在上述 的问题。 The foregoing mobility management technology based on identity location separation can also be applied to an existing LTE network, and its corresponding architecture is as shown in FIG. In Figure 15, the P-GW corresponds to the access router, and the P-GW and the access router-the peer end tunnel the IP packets exchanged between the terminal and the peer. It should be noted that the access router-peer can also be another P-GW. As described above, the application of the mobility management technology of the identity location separation to the existing LTE network also has the above problems.
实施例十二 Example twelve
图 16为本发明的第十二实施例的流程图, 在 LTE网络中, 当终端在需 要使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 向网络请求分配支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀, 具体包括以下步骤。  16 is a flowchart of a twelfth embodiment of the present invention. In an LTE network, when a terminal needs to use an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the terminal requests a network to support an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, including The following steps.
步骤 1601 , 在终端初始入网时, 向基站(即 eNodeB )发送附着请求, 若终端想请求支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则在附着请求中携带请求配置支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的指示。  Step 1601: Send an attach request to the base station (ie, the eNodeB) when the terminal initially accesses the network, and if the terminal wants to request the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, the attach request carries an indication to request to configure the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility. .
步骤 1602 , eNodeB 将上述附着请求发送到移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity, 简称 MME ) , 其中也携带上述的指示。  Step 1602: The eNodeB sends the foregoing attach request to a Mobility Management Entity (MME), which also carries the foregoing indication.
步骤 1603 , ΜΜΕ向 S-GW发送创建会话请求, 其中也携带上述指示。 步骤 1604, S-GW为终端选择一个 P-GW, 然后向该 P-GW发送创建会 话请求消息, 其中携带上述指示。  Step 1603: Send a create session request to the S-GW, where the above indication is also carried. Step 1604: The S-GW selects a P-GW for the terminal, and then sends a Create Session Request message to the P-GW, where the indication is carried.
步骤 1605, 收到上述的创建会话请求消息后, 当 P-GW发现该消息中携 带上述终端请求分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 为终端分配一个支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀。 Step 1605, after receiving the above-mentioned session creation request message, when the P-GW discovers that the message is carried in the message When the above terminal requests to allocate an IP address or prefix that supports mobility, the terminal is assigned a mobility-capable IP address or prefix.
值得说明的是, 如步骤 1003所述, 可将 IP地址或前缀分为两类: 支持 移动性的和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 可选地用 IP地址或前缀的开头 部分区分这两类。 同样如步骤 1003所述的方法, 当 P-GW为终端分配支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 还要为该终端向位置管理服务器发送消息, 携带为 终端分配的 IP地址或前缀以及终端的位置信息, 由位置管理服务器保存该信 息。 可选地, 终端的位置信息为该 P-GW的 IP地址。  It is worth noting that, as described in step 1003, IP addresses or prefixes can be classified into two categories: IP addresses or prefixes that support mobility and do not support mobility. Optionally classify the two classes with an IP address or the beginning of the prefix. Similarly, as described in step 1003, when the P-GW allocates a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal, the terminal also sends a message to the location management server for the terminal, carrying the IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal, and the terminal. Location information, which is saved by the location management server. Optionally, the location information of the terminal is an IP address of the P-GW.
步骤 1606, P-GW向 S-GW返回创建会话应答消息, 携带为终端分配的 上述 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 该消息还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性信息, 以告知 S-GW该 IP地址或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  Step 1606: The P-GW returns a create session response message to the S-GW, and carries the above IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal. Optionally, the message further carries attribute information of the IP address or prefix to notify the S-GW that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
步骤 1607 , S-GW向 MME返回创建会话应答消息, 同样携带上述 IP地 址或前缀, 以及上述的属性信息。  Step 1607: The S-GW returns a create session response message to the MME, and also carries the foregoing IP address or prefix, and the foregoing attribute information.
步骤 1608, MME需要保存上述为终端分配的 IP地址或前缀, 比如, 保 存该 IP地址或前缀在终端的 PDN上下文中。 可选地, MME也将该 IP地址 或前缀的属性信息保存在该 PDN上下文中, 例如, 使用 PDN TYPE字段来 保存该属性信息。  Step 1608, the MME needs to save the above-mentioned IP address or prefix assigned to the terminal, for example, save the IP address or prefix in the PDN context of the terminal. Optionally, the MME also saves the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context, for example, using the PDN TYPE field to save the attribute information.
步骤 1609-1610, MME向 eNodeB返回附着接受消息, 其中携带上述的 IP地址或前缀, 以及属性信息; eNodeB向终端返回附着接受消息, 其中携带 上述的 IP地址或前缀, 以及属性信息。  Steps 1609-1610, the MME returns an attach accept message to the eNodeB, where the IP address or prefix and the attribute information are carried. The eNodeB returns an attach accept message to the terminal, where the IP address or prefix and the attribute information are carried.
值得说明的是, P-GW可以将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存在本地, 具 体地, P-GW也将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存在 PDN上下文中。 如上述, MME以及 P-GW均将 IP地址或前缀的属性信息保存终端的 PDN上下文,若 PDN上下文中的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性, 则称该 PDN上下文为支持移动 性的 PDN上下文; 若 PDN上下文中的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性, 则称之 为不支持移动性的 PDN上下文。  It is worth noting that the P-GW can store the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix locally. Specifically, the P-GW also stores the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context. As described above, the MME and the P-GW both store the attribute information of the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context of the terminal. If the IP address or prefix in the PDN context supports mobility, the PDN context is referred to as a PDN context supporting mobility; The IP address or prefix in the PDN context does not support mobility, so it is called PDN context that does not support mobility.
通过上述实施例的方法, 终端在初始入网时需要获取支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀的情况下, 向 LTE网络请求支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 值得说明的是,在初始入网之后,终端再次向 LTE网络请求分配 IP地址 或前缀(即支持移动性的或者不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀)时, 可以通过 eNodeB向 MME发送 PDN连接请求( PDN Connectivity Request ) , 并携带上 述的指示。 同本实施例上述的方法, ΜΜΕ向 S-GW发送消息, 以及 S-GW向 P-GW发送消息为终端请求分配 IP地址或前缀。 用同样的方法, P-GW为终 端分配支持移动性的或者不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并发送到 MME, 此时 MME使用 PDN连接接受 ( PDN Connectivity Accept ) 消息将上述分配 的 IP地址或前缀以及其属性发送给终端。 With the method of the foregoing embodiment, when the terminal needs to obtain an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, when the terminal initially accesses the network, the terminal requests the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility from the LTE network. It should be noted that, after the initial network access, the terminal requests the LTE network to allocate an IP address or a prefix (that is, an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility or does not support mobility), and may send a PDN connection request to the MME through the eNodeB. PDN Connectivity Request ) and carry the above instructions. With the above method in this embodiment, the message is sent to the S-GW, and the S-GW sends a message to the P-GW to allocate an IP address or prefix for the terminal request. In the same way, the P-GW allocates an IP address or prefix that supports mobility or does not support mobility to the terminal, and sends it to the MME. At this time, the MME uses the PDN Connectivity Accept message to allocate the IP address. Or the prefix and its attributes are sent to the terminal.
还值得说明的是, 如实施例一所述的, P-GW需能确定终端是否具有能 识别这两种 IP地址或前缀(即, 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀)的能力。 若 P-GW判断终端不具有识别这两种 IP的能力, 则当终端请求 获取 IP地址或前缀时, 始终为终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 P-GW 可以通过如下方式来判断终端是否具有能识别这两种 IP的能力:  It should also be noted that, as described in the first embodiment, the P-GW needs to be able to determine whether the terminal has the same IP address or prefix (ie, IP address or prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility). ability. If the P-GW determines that the terminal does not have the ability to recognize the two types of IPs, when the terminal requests to obtain an IP address or prefix, the terminal is always assigned an IP address or prefix that supports mobility. The P-GW can determine whether the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IPs by:
一种方法是, 具有上述能力的终端在向 MME发送请求消息 (如, 附着 请求消息、 PDN连接请求消息) , 总是在请求消息中明确的携带指示自己需 要哪种 IP地址或前缀的指示, 该指示由 MME通过 S-GW发送给 P-GW (如, 通过创建会话请求消息) , P-GW依据该指示能判断出该终端具有上述能力; 若上述消息中不携带上述指示, 则 P-GW判断出终端不具有上述能力。  In one method, the terminal having the above capability sends a request message (for example, an attach request message, a PDN connection request message) to the MME, and always carries an indication indicating which IP address or prefix is required by the terminal in the request message. The indication is sent by the MME to the P-GW through the S-GW (eg, by creating a session request message), and the P-GW can determine, according to the indication, that the terminal has the foregoing capability; if the message does not carry the indication, then P- The GW determines that the terminal does not have the above capabilities.
另一种方法是, 在终端首次请求获取 IP地址时, 在发送给 MME的请求 消息 (如, 附着请求消息) 中携带另一指示, 以说明自己能区分上述两种 IP 地址或前缀, 再由 MME通过 S-GW发送给 P-GW。 若请求消息中不携带该 指示, 则 P-GW判断该终端不能区分上述两种 IP地址或前缀。  Another method is: when the terminal first requests to obtain an IP address, another request is sent in the request message (for example, an attach request message) sent to the MME, so that the user can distinguish the two IP addresses or prefixes, and then The MME transmits to the P-GW through the S-GW. If the indication is not carried in the request message, the P-GW determines that the terminal cannot distinguish the two types of IP addresses or prefixes.
再一种方法是, 终端在初始入网过程中, 将自己能否区分上述两种 IP地 址或前缀的能力通知给网络中保存该终端的上下文信息的网元(如, HLR、 HSS和 MME等) , 由该网元保存该信息。 可选地, 具有上述能力的终端在 发送给上述网元的消息中携带指示以说明自己具有该能力; 反之, 不具有上 述能力的终端在发送给上述网元的消息中不携带上述指示, 当该网元发现在 收到的消息中未携带上述指示时, 则 P-GW判断终端不具有区分上述两种 IP 地址或前缀的能力。 此时, 当 P-GW可以从上述保存该终端的上下文信息的 网元获知该终端是否具有能识别这两种 IP地址或前缀的能力。 In another method, the terminal notifies the network element in the network that the context information of the terminal is saved (eg, HLR, HSS, MME, etc.) in the initial network access process. , the information is saved by the network element. Optionally, the terminal having the foregoing capability carries an indication in the message sent to the network element to indicate that the terminal has the capability; otherwise, the terminal that does not have the foregoing capability does not carry the indication in the message sent to the network element, when When the network element finds that the above indication is not carried in the received message, the P-GW determines that the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing the two IP addresses or prefixes. At this time, when the P-GW can save the context information of the terminal from the above The network element knows whether the terminal has the ability to recognize the two IP addresses or prefixes.
实施例十三 Example thirteen
图 17为本发明的第十三实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当 前附着的 S-GW, 并触发切换附着的 P-GW的场景, 具体说是从源 P-GW切 换到目标 P-GW, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to mobility, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
步骤 1701 , 终端当前附着的 eNodeB (源 eNodeB )和终端将要切换到的 eNodeB (目标 eNodeB )协商决定对终端发起切换。  Step 1701: The eNodeB (source eNodeB) to which the terminal is currently attached and the eNodeB (target eNodeB) to which the terminal is to be handed over negotiate to decide to initiate a handover to the terminal.
步骤 1702, 源 eNodeB向 MME发送切换请求。  Step 1702: The source eNodeB sends a handover request to the MME.
步骤 1703 , MME判断终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 即, 判断终端的 PDN上下文是否支持移动性。 如不支持, 则执行步骤 1704, 如支持, 则执行步骤 1705-1714。  Step 1703: The MME determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility, that is, whether the PDN context of the terminal supports mobility. If not, step 1704 is performed. If yes, steps 1705-1714 are performed.
步骤 1704 , 当 MME判断终端的 PDN上下文不支持移动性时, 由 MME 删除该 PDN上下文(即, 执行 PDN Disconnection ) 。 具体地, MME通过向 终端当前连接的 S-GW (源 S-GW )删除会话请求消息, 以触发删除上述不支 持移动性的 PDN上下文(即, 删除 PDN连接 ) 。  Step 1704: When the MME determines that the PDN context of the terminal does not support mobility, the MME deletes the PDN context (ie, performs PDN Disconnection). Specifically, the MME deletes the PDN context (ie, deletes the PDN connection) that does not support mobility by deleting the session request message to the S-GW (source S-GW) currently connected by the terminal.
步骤 1705-1706, 当 MME判断终端的 PDN上下文支持移动性时, 向终 端要切换到的 S-GW (目标 S-GW )发送创建会话请求,其中携带终端的 PDN 上下文信息, 其中包括终端的 IP地址或前缀, 并携带该 IP地址或前缀的属 性。 目标 S-GW向 MME返回创建会话应答消息。  Steps 1705-1706, when the MME determines that the PDN context of the terminal supports mobility, sends a create session request to the S-GW (target S-GW) to which the terminal is to be handed, where the PDN context information of the terminal is carried, including the IP of the terminal. The address or prefix, and carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix. The target S-GW returns a Create Session Reply message to the MME.
步骤 1707 , MME与目标 eNodeB之间交互切换请求或确认消息。  Step 1707: The MME and the target eNodeB exchange a handover request or a confirmation message.
步骤 1708-1709, MME向目标 eNodeB发送切换命令; eNodeB向终端发 送切换命令。  In steps 1708-1709, the MME sends a handover command to the target eNodeB; the eNodeB sends a handover command to the terminal.
步骤 1710, 终端向目标 eNodeB发送切换确认消息。  Step 1710: The terminal sends a handover confirmation message to the target eNodeB.
步骤 1711 , 目标 eNodeB向 MME发送切换通告。  Step 1711: The target eNodeB sends a handover advertisement to the MME.
步骤 1712, MME向目标 S-GW发送修改承载请求消息, 其中携带上述 终端的 IP地址或前缀的属性。 步骤 1713 ,目标 S-GW为终端选择 P-GW作为目标 P-GW,并向目标 P-GW 发送创建会话请求, 携带上述 PDN上下文, 还指示该 PDN上下文为支持移 动性的 PDN上下文。 目标 P-GW向源 P-GW (即, 终端在切换之前附着的 P-GW )请求与该终端相关的其他上下文, 同时向目标 S-GW返回创建会话应 答消息。 并且, 由于该 PDN上下文是支持移动性的 PDN上下文, 目标 P-GW 为终端分配新的位置信息, 并将之更新到位置管理服务器。 Step 1712: The MME sends a modify bearer request message to the target S-GW, where the MME carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix of the terminal. Step 1713: The target S-GW selects the P-GW as the target P-GW for the terminal, and sends a create session request to the target P-GW, carrying the PDN context, and indicating that the PDN context is a PDN context supporting mobility. The target P-GW requests the source P-GW (i.e., the P-GW to which the terminal attaches before the handover) to request other contexts associated with the terminal, while returning a Create Session Reply message to the target S-GW. And, since the PDN context is a PDN context supporting mobility, the target P-GW allocates new location information to the terminal and updates it to the location management server.
步骤 1714, 目标 S-GW向 MME返回修改承载应答消息。  Step 1714: The target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
步骤 1715, 后续流程。  Step 1715, follow-up process.
由本实施例可见, 在终端切换过程中, MME可以根据终端的 PDN上下 文信息中的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 有选择的进行处理。 为那些支持 移动性的 IP触发在目标 P-GW上创建 PDN上下文, 此时在切换完成之后, 该 IP地址或前缀可以继续被终端使用; 而对于不支持移动性的 IP则删除对 应的 PDN上下文, 促使终端释放该 IP地址或前缀, 即, 切换完成之后, 该 IP地址或前缀不能被继续使用。  It can be seen that, in the process of the terminal handover, the MME can selectively perform processing according to whether the IP address or the prefix in the PDN context information of the terminal supports mobility. Create a PDN context on the target P-GW for those IP triggers that support mobility. At this time, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix can continue to be used by the terminal; and for the IP that does not support mobility, the corresponding PDN context is deleted. , prompting the terminal to release the IP address or prefix, that is, after the handover is completed, the IP address or prefix cannot be used continuously.
实施例十四 Embodiment 14
图 18为本发明的第十四实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当 前附着的 S-GW, 并触发切换附着的 P-GW的场景, 具体说是从源 P-GW切 换到目标 P-GW, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to movement, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
步骤 1801-1802, 同步骤 1701-1702。  Steps 1801-1802, the same steps 1701-1702.
步骤 1803 , MME向目标 S-GW发送创建会话请求消息,携带终端的 PDN 上下文, 其中携带终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 该 PDN上下文 还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性(支持移动性或不支持移动性) 。  Step 1803: The MME sends a create session request message to the target S-GW, which carries the PDN context of the terminal, where the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is carried. Optionally, the PDN context also carries the attribute of the IP address or prefix (supporting mobility or not supporting mobility).
步骤 1804, 目标 S-GW为终端选择一个 P-GW作为目标 P-GW, 当目标 P-GW不是终端之前使用的源 P-GW时, 目标 S-GW查看终端的 IP地址或前 缀是否支持移动性。 目标 S-GW向 MME返回创建会话应答消息。 该创建会 话应答消息指示 MME释放那些不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN 上下文。 步骤 1805 , 根据目标 S-GW返回的消息中的指示, MME发起删除对应 的 PDN上下文, 如步骤 1704所述的方法。 Step 1804: The target S-GW selects a P-GW as the target P-GW for the terminal. When the target P-GW is not the source P-GW used by the terminal, the target S-GW checks whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports the mobile. Sex. The target S-GW returns a create session response message to the MME. The Create Session Reply message instructs the MME to release the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility. Step 1805: The MME initiates deleting the corresponding PDN context according to the indication in the message returned by the target S-GW, as described in step 1704.
步骤 1806-1810,对于支持移动性 IP地址或前缀,目标 S-GW不指示 MME 去释放对应的 PDN上下文。 MME依照步骤 1707-1711所述的方法进行处理。  Steps 1806-1810, for supporting the mobility IP address or prefix, the target S-GW does not instruct the MME to release the corresponding PDN context. The MME performs the processing in accordance with the method described in steps 1707-1711.
步骤 1811 , MME向目标 S-GW发送修改承载请求, 其中携带终端的 IP 地址或前缀, 以及其属性。  Step 1811: The MME sends a modify bearer request to the target S-GW, where the IP address or prefix of the terminal and its attributes are carried.
值得说明的是, 在步骤 1803中, 目标 S-GW可以不对终端的 IP地址或 前缀是否支持移动性做处理, 即, 在步骤 1804中不向 MME返回上述的指示 以指示 MME去释放不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。 此 时, 在本步骤中, 可以做上述的处理。 即, 若终端的 IP地址或前缀不支持移 动性, 则目标 S-GW可以在向 MME返回的修改承载应答消息中携带上述的 指示, 再由 MME根据指示来发起释放对应的 PDN上下文。  It is to be noted that, in step 1803, the target S-GW may not process whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility, that is, the indication is not returned to the MME in step 1804 to instruct the MME to release the unsupported mobile. The IP address or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix. At this time, in this step, the above processing can be performed. That is, if the IP address or the prefix of the terminal does not support the mobility, the target S-GW may carry the foregoing indication in the modified bearer response message returned to the MME, and then the MME initiates release of the corresponding PDN context according to the indication.
步骤 1812, 如上述 1713所述流程。  Step 1812, as described in the above 1713.
步骤 1813 , 目标 S-GW向 MME返回修改承载应答消息。  Step 1813: The target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
步骤 1814, 后续流程。  Step 1814, the subsequent process.
实施例十五 Example fifteen
图 19为本发明的第十五实施例的流程图,描述了终端因移动而切换了当 前附着的 S-GW, 并触发切换附着的 P-GW的场景, 具体说是从源 P-GW切 换到目标 P-GW, 具体包含以下步骤。  FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a fifteenth embodiment of the present invention, which describes a scenario in which a terminal switches a currently attached S-GW due to mobility, and triggers handover of an attached P-GW, specifically, switching from a source P-GW. To the target P-GW, the following steps are specifically included.
步骤 1901-1902, 同步骤 1701-1702。  Steps 1901-1902, the same steps 1701-1702.
步骤 1903-1904, MME向目标 S-GW发送创建会话请求消息, 携带终端 的 PDN上下文, 其中携带终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。 可选地, 该 PDN 上下文还携带该 IP地址或前缀的属性。 目标 S-GW向 MME返回创建会话应 答消息。  Steps 1903-1904, the MME sends a create session request message to the target S-GW, which carries the PDN context of the terminal, where the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is carried. Optionally, the PDN context also carries an attribute of the IP address or prefix. The target S-GW returns a Create Session Answer message to the MME.
步骤 1905-1909, 同步骤 1707-1711。  Steps 1905-1909, the same steps 1707-1711.
步骤 1910, MME向目标 S-GW发送修改承载请求, 其中携带终端的 IP 地址或前缀, 以及其属性。 Step 1910: The MME sends a modify bearer request to the target S-GW, where the IP address of the terminal is carried. The address or prefix, and its attributes.
步骤 1911 , 目标 S-GW为终端选择一个新的 P-GW (即, 目标 P-GW ) , 并向目标 P-GW发送创建承载请求消息, 其中携带上述的 PDN上下文, 其中 含有上述终端的 IP地址或前缀, 以及其属性。  Step 1911: The target S-GW selects a new P-GW (ie, the target P-GW) for the terminal, and sends a create bearer request message to the target P-GW, where the PDN context is carried, where the IP address of the terminal is included. The address or prefix, and its attributes.
步骤 1912,目标 P-GW与源 P-GW交互获取终端的上下文信息(如,P-GW 保存的 PDN上下文信息 ) 。 此时, 源 P-GW可以告知目标 P-GW终端的 IP 地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 因此, 在步骤 1911中, 目标 S-GW也可以不通 知目标 P-GW终端的 IP地址或前缀的属性。  Step 1912: The target P-GW interacts with the source P-GW to obtain context information of the terminal (for example, PDN context information saved by the P-GW). At this time, the source P-GW may inform whether the IP address or the prefix of the target P-GW terminal supports mobility, and therefore, in step 1911, the target S-GW may not notify the IP address or prefix of the target P-GW terminal. Attributes.
步骤 1913-1914, 目标 P-GW向目标 S-GW返回创建承载应答消息; 目标 S-GW向 MME返回修改承载应答消息。  Steps 1913-1914, the target P-GW returns a create bearer reply message to the target S-GW; the target S-GW returns a modify bearer reply message to the MME.
步骤 1915, 目标 P-GW判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性。如上 述, 目标 P-GW可以根据从目标 S-GW或源 P-GW获取到的指示来判断; 或 者目标 P-GW可以才艮据本地的配置信息来判断, 例如, 以 10起始的 IP地址 或前缀为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 以非 10起始的 IP地址或前缀为不支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 当判断为是时, 执行步骤 1916, 当判断为否时, 则执行步骤 1917。  Step 1915: The target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility. As described above, the target P-GW may determine according to the indication obtained from the target S-GW or the source P-GW; or the target P-GW may determine according to the local configuration information, for example, an IP starting with 10 The address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility. The IP address or prefix that is not starting with 10 is an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility. When the determination is yes, step 1916 is performed, and if the determination is no, step 1917 is performed.
步骤 1916,在目标 P-GW判断终端的 IP地址或前缀支持移动性时,为该 终端向位置管理服务器更新终端的位置信息。 其位置信息可为该目标 P-GW 的 IP地址。  Step 1916: When the target P-GW determines that the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility, the terminal updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server. The location information can be the IP address of the target P-GW.
步骤 1917 ,在目标 P-GW判断终端的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性时,则 目标 P-GW发起释放该 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。具体地,目标 P-GW 通过向目标 S-GW发送删除承载请求消息来触发删除对应的 PDN上下文(或 者说, 删除 PDN连接) 。  Step 1917: When the target P-GW determines that the IP address or prefix of the terminal does not support mobility, the target P-GW initiates release of the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix. Specifically, the target P-GW triggers deletion of the corresponding PDN context (or deletes the PDN connection) by sending a delete bearer request message to the target S-GW.
步骤 1918, 后续流程。  Step 1918, follow-up process.
值得说明的是,目标 P-GW在判断终端的 IP地址或前缀不支持移动性时, 也可以通知源 P-GW触发删除 PND连接。例如,在步骤 1912中, 目标 P-GW 在向源 P-GW返回获取上下文信息的应答消息中, 携带指示, 以让源 P-GW 发起删除 PND连接的步骤。或者, 目标 P-GW在向源 P-GW请求终端的上下 文信息时, 源 P-GW直接判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 当判断 为不支持时, 由源 P-GW直接发起删除 PDN上下文的流程。 It should be noted that when the target P-GW determines that the IP address or prefix of the terminal does not support mobility, the target P-GW may also notify the source P-GW to trigger the deletion of the PND connection. For example, in step 1912, the target P-GW carries an indication in the response message to the source P-GW to obtain the context information, so that the source P-GW initiates the step of deleting the PND connection. Alternatively, the target P-GW requests the source P-GW to access the terminal. In the case of the text information, the source P-GW directly determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility. When it is determined that the IP address is not supported, the source P-GW directly initiates the process of deleting the PDN context.
还值得说明的是, 在收到步骤 1910所述的修改承载请求消息时, 也可以 按照如下步骤执行终端切换至目标 P-GW的操作。  It should also be noted that, when receiving the modify bearer request message described in step 1910, the terminal may also perform the operation of switching to the target P-GW according to the following steps.
步骤 1911a, 目标 S-GW向源 P-GW发送修改承载请求消息。  Step 1911a: The target S-GW sends a modify bearer request message to the source P-GW.
步骤 1912a, 源 P-GW收到上述消息时, 为终端选择一个新的 P-GW, 即 目标 P-GW。 此时, 源 P-GW判断终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 对 于不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 如上述, 由源 P-GW直接发起删除 PDN 上下文的流程, 使终端释放不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 对于支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀, 源 P-GW将 PDN上下文信息发送给目标 P-GW, 在目标 P-GW上为终端创建 PDN上下文信息。  In step 1912a, when the source P-GW receives the above message, it selects a new P-GW for the terminal, that is, the target P-GW. At this time, the source P-GW determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports the mobility. For the IP address or the prefix that does not support mobility, as described above, the source P-GW directly initiates the process of deleting the PDN context, so that the terminal does not release. The IP address or prefix supporting the mobility; For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the source P-GW sends the PDN context information to the target P-GW, and creates PDN context information for the terminal on the target P-GW.
步骤 1913a, 源 P-GW向目标 S-GW返回修改承载应答消息。  Step 1913a: The source P-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the target S-GW.
步骤 1914a, 目标 S-GW向 MME返回修改承载应答消息。  Step 1914a, the target S-GW returns a modify bearer response message to the MME.
步骤 1915a, 后续流程。  Step 1915a, follow-up process.
上述各实施例中, 终端可以有多个 PDP上下文或 PDN上下文, 在判断 In the foregoing embodiments, the terminal may have multiple PDP contexts or PDN contexts,
PDN上下文是否支持移动性时, 对每个 PDP上下文或 PDN上下文单独进行 判断。 When the PDN context supports mobility, each PDP context or PDN context is judged separately.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述方法中的全部或部分步骤可通过程序 来指令相关硬件完成, 所述程序可以存储于计算机可读存储介质中, 如只读 存储器、 磁盘或光盘等。 可选地, 上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用 一个或多个集成电路来实现。 相应地, 上述实施例中的各模块 /单元可以釆用 硬件的形式实现, 也可以釆用软件功能模块的形式实现。 本发明实施例不限 制于任何特定形式的硬件和软件的结合。  One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or a portion of the above steps may be accomplished by a program instructing the associated hardware, such as a read-only memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk. Alternatively, all or part of the steps of the above embodiments may also be implemented using one or more integrated circuits. Correspondingly, each module/unit in the above embodiment may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software function module. Embodiments of the invention are not limited to any particular form of combination of hardware and software.
工业实用性 Industrial applicability
本发明实施例中, 极大的减少了需要迂回路由的流量, 从而减轻了承载 网的负荷和锚点网元的压力。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the traffic required by the loop is greatly reduced, thereby reducing the load of the bearer network and the pressure of the anchor network element.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1、 一种请求获取支持移动性的互联网协议(IP ) 的方法, 包括: 接入路由器接收到终端发送的请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配 IP地 址或前缀的请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力,且所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀时, 则所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返 回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  A method for requesting access to an Internet Protocol (IP) supporting mobility, comprising: after an access router receives a request message sent by a terminal, the access router allocates an IP address or a prefix to the terminal, The terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router acquires mobility support. An IP address or prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 还包括:  2. The method of claim 1 further comprising:
所述接入路由器携带属性信息, 以告知所述终端所述 IP地址或前缀是支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router carries attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
3、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 还包括:  3. The method of claim 1 further comprising:
所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分支持移动 性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请求的是不支 持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路由器为所述终端分配不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  After the access router receives the request message, the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests an IP that does not support mobility. In the case of an address or a prefix, the access router allocates an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility to the terminal.
4、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 还包括:  4. The method of claim 1 further comprising:
所述接入路由器接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端不具备区分支持移 动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力时, 则所述接入路由器获取支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀。  After the access router receives the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, the access router acquires an IP address supporting mobility. Or a prefix, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
5、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中,  5. The method of claim 1, wherein
所述接入路由器判断所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀的能力的步骤包括:  The step of the access router determining whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility includes:
所述接入路由器根据所述请求消息中是否携带所述终端需要哪种 IP地址 或前缀的指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀的能力;  Determining, by the access router, whether the terminal has an IP address or a prefix that supports the mobility and the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, according to whether the request message carries an indication of the IP address or the prefix required by the terminal;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端首次向所述接入路由器请求获取 IP地址或 前缀时, 是否携带预设的能力指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性 和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; The access router requests the access router to obtain an IP address or Whether the prefix carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility;
所述接入路由器根据所述终端初始入网时, 是否申明所述终端具备区分 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 确定所述终端是否具备 区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; 以及  The access router determines, according to the initial network access of the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile. Sexual IP address or prefix capability;
所述接入路由器从保存所述终端的上下文信息的网元获知所述终端是否 具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力。  The access router learns from the network element that stores the context information of the terminal whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
6、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 还包括:  6. The method of claim 1 further comprising:
所述终端从源接入路由器切换到目标接入路由器后, 所述目标接入路由 器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目标接入路由器与所述终端的 锚点网元进行交互, 更新所述终端的移动性上下文; 如果不支持, 则所述目 标接入路由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 所述 目标接入路由器发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所 述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。  After the terminal is switched from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility. If supported, the target access router interacts with the anchor network element of the terminal to update the mobility context of the terminal; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the current The IP address or prefix used; or the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
7、 如权利要求 6所述的方法, 其中,  7. The method of claim 6, wherein
所述目标接入路由器判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移 动性的步骤包括:  The step of the target access router determining whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标接入路由器在获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 同时 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的信息; 或者, 所述 目标接入路由器根据本地配置信息确定所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是 否支持移动性。  And obtaining, by the target access router, information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal; or, the target access router is configured according to the local The information determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
8、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中,  8. The method of claim 1, wherein
所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 当所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 所述接入路 由器与锚点网元交互, 并接收所述锚点网元为所述终端分配的所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀。  The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility includes: when the request message requests an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router interacts with an anchor network element. And receiving the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal.
9、 如权利要求 1至 5任一所述的方法, 其中, 所述接入路由器获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 所述接入路由器为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述方法还包括: 9. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein The step of the access router acquiring the IP address or the prefix that supports the mobility includes: the access router assigning the IP address or prefix that supports the mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述接入路由器向位置管理服务器发送所述终端的 IP地址和所述终端的 位置信息。  The access router sends the IP address of the terminal and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
10、 如权利要求 9所述的方法, 还包括:  10. The method of claim 9 further comprising:
所述接入路由器收到所述终端发送给对端的数据报文后, 当所述对端当 前使用不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路由器直接发送所述数 据报文; 当所述对端当前使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则所述接入路 由器釆用基于对端位置的路由方法发送所述数据报文。  After the access router receives the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the access router directly sends the data packet. When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the access router sends the data packet by using a routing method based on the peer location.
11、 如权利要求 9所述的方法, 还包括:  11. The method of claim 9 further comprising:
所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到所述目标接入路由器后, 所述目标 接入路由器获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当前使用 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则所述目标接入路由器向所述 位置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 如果不支持, 则所述目标接入路 由器通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 所述目标接入 路由器发送通知给所述源接入路由器, 由所述源接入路由器通知所述终端释 放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀。  After the terminal is switched from the source access router to the target access router, the target access router acquires an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determines whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal is Supporting mobility, if supported, the target access router updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, the target access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP Or an address or a prefix; or, the target access router sends a notification to the source access router, and the source access router notifies the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
12、 如权利要求 1至 5任一所述的方法, 其中,  12. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
当所述接入路由器为网关通用分组无线服务支持节点 (GGSN ) 时: 所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所 述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括:  When the access router is a gateway general packet radio service support node (GGSN): the access router acquires an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal. The steps include:
所述 GGSN为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 由所述 SGSN向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  The GGSN allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and returns the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal by the SGSN;
所述方法还包括:  The method further includes:
所述 GGSN向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。 Sending, by the GGSN, the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the location management server and Location information of the terminal.
13、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 还包括:  13. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述 GGSN携带属性信息,以告知所述 SGSN所述 IP地址或前缀为支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  The GGSN carries attribute information to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility;
所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀及所述属性信息记录在所 述终端的分组数据协议( PDP )上下文信息中。  The SGSN records the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
14、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 还包括:  14. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN后, 且当所述目标 SGSN或所 述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN or the GGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, the target SGSN or GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN触发所述目 标 GGSN为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文, 并向所述位 置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN triggers the target GGSN to create a PDP context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server. ;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN或 GGSN去激活所 述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN or GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
15、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 还包括:  15. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN后, 且当所述目标 SGSN 或所述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN 时, 所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN or the GGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, the target GGSN determines the IP address of the terminal. Or whether the prefix supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN向所述位置管理服务 器更新所述终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target GGSN updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 GGSN去激活所述不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target GGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
16、 如权利要求 15所述的方法, 其中,  16. The method of claim 15, wherein
所述目标 GGSN判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的步骤包 括:  The step of the target GGSN determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility includes:
所述目标 GGSN收到所述目标 SGSN发送的创建 PDP上下文请求消息 后, 向所述 GGSN发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文 信息; 并接收所述 GGSN返回的应答消息, 其中, 所述应答消息中携带所述 将要创建的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示; 或者, 所述 GGSN接收到所述目标 SGSN的更新 PDP上下文请求后,推送上下 文信息给所述目标 GGSN, 所述目标 GGSN接收所述上下文信息, 其中, 所 述上下文信息携带所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指 示。 The target GGSN receives the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN. And sending a request to the GGSN to obtain the context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receiving the response message returned by the GGSN, where the response message carries the IP corresponding to the PDP context to be created. Whether the address or the prefix supports the indication of the mobility; or, after receiving the update PDP context request of the target SGSN, the GGSN pushes the context information to the target GGSN, where the target GGSN receives the context information, where The context information carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility.
17、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 还包括:  17. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中,所述目标 SGSN 接收到所述 SGSN发送的重定向请求后, 判断所述重定向请求中携带的所述 终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, after receiving the redirect request sent by the SGSN, the target SGSN determines the IP address or prefix of the terminal carried in the redirect request. Whether to support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN与目标无线网络控制 器交互,为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文建立无线承载 资源;  And the target SGSN interacts with the target radio network controller to establish a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 SGSN指示所述 SGSN去 激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target SGSN instructs the SGSN to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
18、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 还包括:  18. The method of claim 12, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN的过程中, 所述 SGSN向 所述目标 SGSN发送所述重定向请求前,判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the SGSN to the target SGSN, the SGSN determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility before sending the redirection request to the target SGSN.
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 SGSN将所述支持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文通过所述重定向请求发送给所述目标 SGSN; 针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述 SGSN去激活所述不支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the SGSN sends the PDP context corresponding to the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the target SGSN through the redirect request; for an IP address that does not support mobility or The prefix, the SGSN deactivates the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
19、 如权利要求 1至 5任一所述的方法, 其中,  19. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
当所述接入路由器为分组数据网络网关 (P-GW ) 时:  When the access router is a packet data network gateway (P-GW):
所述接入路由器获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所 述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的步骤包括: 所述 P-GW为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,将所述支 持移动性的 IP 地址或前缀通过服务网关 (S-GW ) 发送给移动管理实体 ( MME ) , 由所述 MME向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 所述方法还包括: The step of the access router acquiring an IP address or prefix supporting mobility and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal includes: The P-GW allocates the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and sends the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the mobility management entity (MME) through the serving gateway (S-GW). Returning, by the MME, the IP address or prefix that supports mobility to the terminal; the method further includes:
所述 P-GW向位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及 所述终端的位置信息。  The P-GW sends the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the location information of the terminal to the location management server.
20、 如权利要求 19所述的方法, 还包括:  20. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
当所述终端发起切换时, 所述终端的 MME判断所述终端的 IP地址或前 缀是否支持移动性;  When the terminal initiates the handover, the MME of the terminal determines whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME删除所述不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀对应的分组数据网络( PDN )上下文;  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the MME deletes the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 所述 MME触发在所述终端的目标 P-GW为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文,并向所述位置管 理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息。  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the MME triggers a PDN context to be created for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility at the target P-GW of the terminal, and updates the terminal to the location management server location information.
21、 如权利要求 19所述的方法, 还包括:  21. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 S-GW切换到目标 S-GW后, 且当所述目标 S-GW或所 述 P-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 所述目标 S-GW或 所述 P-GW判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  After the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the target S-GW or the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal, not the P-GW, Determining whether the target S-GW or the P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或 P-GW触发所述目 标 P-GW为所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位 置管理服务器更新所述终端的位置信息;  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW triggers the target P-GW to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and updates to the location management server Location information of the terminal;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 S-GW或 P-GW删除所述 不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target S-GW or P-GW deletes the PDN context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
22、 如权利要求 19所述的方法, 还包括:  22. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
所述终端从所述 P-GW切换到所述目标 P-GW的过程中,所述目标 P-GW 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  In the process of the terminal switching from the P-GW to the target P-GW, the target P-GW determines whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW删除所述不支持移 动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDN上下文; For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the target P-GW deletes the unsupported move a dynamic IP address or a PDN context corresponding to the prefix;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,所述目标 P-GW向所述位置管理服务 器更新所述终端的位置信息。  The target P-GW updates the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
23、 一种网络侧, 包括: 接入路由器, 其中:  23. A network side, comprising: an access router, where:
所述接入路由器设置成: 接收到来自终端的请求所述接入路由器为所述 终端分配互联网协议(IP )地址或前缀的请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区分 支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请求 的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 则获取支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is configured to: after receiving a request message from the terminal requesting the access router to allocate an Internet Protocol (IP) address or a prefix to the terminal, when the terminal has differentiated support mobility and does not support mobile a capability of a sexual IP address or a prefix, and the request message requests an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, obtains an IP address or prefix supporting mobility, and returns the mobility support to the terminal. IP address or prefix.
24、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 其中,  24. The network side of claim 23, wherein
所述接入路由器还设置成: 携带属性信息, 以告知所述终端所述 IP地址 或前缀是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is further configured to: carry attribute information to inform the terminal that the IP address or prefix is an IP address or prefix that supports mobility.
25、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 其中,  25. The network side of claim 23, wherein
所述接入路由器还设置成: 接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端具备区 分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 且所述请求消息所请 求的是不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则为所述终端分配不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and the request message requests that is not supported When the IP address or prefix of the mobility is used, the terminal is assigned an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, and the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is returned to the terminal.
26、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 其中,  26. The network side of claim 23, wherein
所述接入路由器还设置成: 接收到所述请求消息后, 当所述终端不具备 区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力时, 则获取支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀, 并向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The access router is further configured to: after receiving the request message, when the terminal does not have the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, obtain an IP address supporting mobility or Prefixing, and returning the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
27、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 其中,  27. The network side of claim 23, wherein
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式判断所述终端是否具备区分支持 移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力:  The access router is configured to determine whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility by:
根据所述请求消息中是否携带所述终端需要哪种 IP地址或前缀的指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能 力; 根据所述终端首次向所述接入路由器请求获取 IP地址或前缀时,是否携 带预设的能力指示, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性和不支持移动性 的 IP地址或前缀的能力; Determining, according to the indication in the request message whether the IP address or the prefix is required by the terminal, whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility; Whether the terminal carries a preset capability indication, and determines whether the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, when the terminal requests the access router to obtain an IP address or a prefix for the first time;
根据所述终端初始入网时, 是否申明所述终端具备区分支持移动性和不 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力, 确定所述终端是否具备区分支持移动性 和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力; 以及  According to the initial network access of the terminal, whether it is stated that the terminal has the capability of distinguishing between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility, and determines whether the terminal has an IP address that distinguishes between mobility support and mobility. The ability to prefix; and
从保存所述终端的上下文信息的网元获知所述终端是否具备区分支持移 动性和不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀的能力。  The network element storing the context information of the terminal knows whether the terminal has the ability to distinguish between an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility and does not support mobility.
28、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括目标接入路由器, 其中:  28. The network side of claim 23, the network side further comprising a target access router, where:
所述目标接入路由器设置成: 当所述终端从源接入路由器切换到所述目 标接入路由器后, 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终端当 前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则与所述终端的锚点网 元进行交互, 更新所述终端的移动性上下文; 如果不支持, 则通知所述终端 释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 发送通知给所述源接入路由器; 所述接入路由器还设置成: 通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或 前缀。  The target access router is configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP address currently used by the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility, if supported, interacting with the anchor network element of the terminal, updating the mobility context of the terminal; if not, notifying the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix Or sending a notification to the source access router; the access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
29、 如权利要求 28所述的网络侧, 其中,  29. The network side of claim 28, wherein
所述目标接入路由器是设置成以如下方式判断所述终端当前使用的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性:  The target access router is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
在获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀时, 同时获取所述终端当前使 用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的信息; 或者, 根据本地配置信息确定所 述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性。  Obtaining information about whether the IP address or the prefix currently used by the terminal supports mobility when acquiring the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal; or determining the IP address or prefix currently used by the terminal according to the local configuration information. Whether to support mobility.
30、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧, 其中,  30. The network side of claim 23, wherein
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀:  The access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
当所述请求消息所请求的是支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 与锚点网元 交互, 并接收所述锚点网元为所述终端分配的所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前 缀。 When the request message requests an IP address or a prefix supporting mobility, interacting with an anchor network element, and receiving the IP address or the front of the mobility-supported IP address allocated by the anchor network element to the terminal Embellished.
31、 如权利要求 23至 27任一所述的网络侧, 其中,  31. The network side according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein
所述接入路由器是设置成通过如下方式获取所述支持移动性的 IP地址或 前缀:  The access router is configured to obtain the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility by:
为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀;  Allocating the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal;
所述接入路由器还设置成: 向位置管理服务器发送所述终端的 IP地址和 所述终端的位置信息。  The access router is further configured to: send an IP address of the terminal and location information of the terminal to a location management server.
32、 如权利要求 31所述的网络侧, 其中,  32. The network side according to claim 31, wherein
所述接入路由器还设置成: 收到所述终端发送给对端的数据报文后, 当 所述对端当前使用不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则直接发送所述数据报 文; 当所述对端当前使用支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀时, 则釆用基于对端位 置的路由方法发送所述数据报文。  The access router is further configured to: after receiving the data packet sent by the terminal to the peer end, when the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that does not support mobility, the data packet is directly sent; When the peer end currently uses an IP address or a prefix that supports mobility, the data message is sent by using a routing method based on the peer location.
33、 如权利要求 28所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括目标接入路由器, 其中:  33. The network side of claim 28, the network side further comprising a target access router, where:
所述目标接入路由器还设置成: 所述终端从所述源接入路由器切换到所 述目标接入路由器后, 获取所述终端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀, 判断所述终 端当前使用的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性, 如果支持, 则向所述位置管理 服务器更新所述终端的位置信息; 如果不支持, 则通知所述终端释放所述当 前使用的 IP地址或前缀; 或者, 发送通知给所述源接入路由器;  The target access router is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the source access router to the target access router, obtain an IP address or a prefix currently used by the terminal, and determine an IP currently used by the terminal. Whether the address or the prefix supports mobility, if supported, updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server; if not, notifying the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix; or sending a notification Giving the source access router;
所述接入路由器还设置成: 通知所述终端释放所述当前使用的 IP地址或 前缀。  The access router is further configured to: notify the terminal to release the currently used IP address or prefix.
34、 如权利要求 23至 27任一所述的网络侧, 其中,  34. The network side according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein
当所述接入路由器为 GGSN时:  When the access router is a GGSN:
所述 GGSN设置成: 为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 并将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀发送给 SGSN; 以及, 向所述位置管理 服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及所述终端的位置信息;  The GGSN is configured to: allocate the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and send the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix to the SGSN; and send the support to the location management server a mobile IP address or prefix and location information of the terminal;
所述 SGSN设置成: 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。 The SGSN is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
35、如权利要求 34所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括所述 SGSN, 其中: 所述 GGSN还设置成:携带属性信息, 以告知所述 SGSN所述 IP地址或 前缀为支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀; 35. The network side of claim 34, the network side further comprising the SGSN, wherein: the GGSN is further configured to: carry attribute information, to inform the SGSN that the IP address or prefix is to support mobility IP address or prefix;
所述 SGSN还设置成: 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀及所述属性信 息记录在所述终端的分组数据协议(PDP )上下文信息中。  The SGSN is further configured to: record the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility and the attribute information in Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context information of the terminal.
36、 如权利要求 34所述的网络侧, 其中,  36. The network side of claim 34, wherein
所述 GGSN还设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到目标 SGSN后, 且 当所述 GGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时,判断所述终端 的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The GGSN is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target GGSN selected by the GGSN for the terminal is not the GGSN, determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal is supported. Mobility
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 GGSN为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文,并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target GGSN, a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
37、 如权利要求 34所述的网络侧, 其中:  37. The network side of claim 34, wherein:
所述目标 SGSN设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 后, 且当所述目标 SGSN为所述终端选择的目标 GGSN非所述 GGSN时, 判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性:  The target SGSN is configured to: after the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, and when the target SGSN is the target GGSN selected by the terminal other than the GGSN, determine the IP address of the terminal or Whether the prefix supports mobility:
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 GGSN为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDP上下文,并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target GGSN, a PDP context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
38、如权利要求 34所述的网络侧,所述网络侧还包括目标 GGSN,其中: 所述目标 GGSN设置成: 所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 所述 GGSN时, 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性; 针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息; 38. The network side of claim 34, the network side further comprising a target GGSN, wherein: the target GGSN is configured to: when the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, the GGSN, determine Whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility; Updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  The IP address or prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility.
39、 如权利要求 38所述的网络侧, 其中,  39. The network side of claim 38, wherein
所述目标 GGSN是设置成以如下方式判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否 支持移动性:  The target GGSN is configured to determine whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility in the following manner:
所述目标 GGSN收到所述目标 SGSN发送的创建 PDP上下文请求消息 后, 向所述 GGSN发送请求, 以获取与将要创建的 PDP上下文相关的上下文 信息; 并接收所述 GGSN返回的应答消息, 其中, 所述应答消息中携带所述 将要创建的 PDP上下文对应的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示;  After receiving the Create PDP Context Request message sent by the target SGSN, the target GGSN sends a request to the GGSN to obtain context information related to the PDP context to be created; and receives a response message returned by the GGSN, where The response message carries an indication of whether the IP address or prefix corresponding to the PDP context to be created supports mobility.
或者, 接收所述 GGSN推送的上下文信息, 其中, 所述上下文信息中携 带所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性的指示。  Or receiving the context information pushed by the GGSN, where the context information carries an indication of whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility.
40、如权利要求 34所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括目标 SGSN, 其中: 所述目标 SGSN还设置成: 在所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 40. The network side of claim 34, the network side further comprising a target SGSN, wherein: the target SGSN is further configured to: switch from the SGSN to the target at the terminal
SGSN的过程中, 接收到所述 SGSN发送的重定向请求后, 判断所述重定向 请求中携带的所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性; In the process of the SGSN, after receiving the redirection request sent by the SGSN, determining whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal carried in the redirection request supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 与目标无线网络控制器交互, 为所述 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文建立无线承载资源;  And interacting with the target radio network controller, and establishing a radio bearer resource for the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,指示所述 SGSN去激活所述不支持 移动性的 IP地址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the SGSN is instructed to deactivate the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility.
41、 如权利要求 34所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括 SGSN, 其中, 所述 SGSN还设置成: 在所述终端从所述 SGSN切换到所述目标 SGSN 的过程中, 向所述目标 SGSN发送所述重定向请求前, 判断所述终端的 IP地 址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side of claim 34, the network side further includes an SGSN, wherein the SGSN is further configured to: when the terminal switches from the SGSN to the target SGSN, to the Before the target SGSN sends the redirection request, determining whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀 对应的 PDP上下文通过所述重定向请求发送给所述目标 SGSN; 针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 去激活所述不支持移动性的 IP地 址或前缀对应的 PDP上下文。 Sending, to the target SGSN, the PDP context corresponding to the IP address or the prefix supporting the mobility, by using the redirect request to the target SGSN; For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, the IP address or the PDP context corresponding to the prefix that does not support mobility is deactivated.
42、 如权利要求 23至 27任一所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括 MME , 其中,  The network side according to any one of claims 23 to 27, wherein the network side further includes an MME, where
当所述接入路由器为所述 P-GW时:  When the access router is the P-GW:
所述 P-GW设置成: 为所述终端分配所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 将所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀通过 S-GW发送给所述 MME; 以及, 向 位置管理服务器发送所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀以及所述终端的位置信 息;  The P-GW is configured to: allocate the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal, and send the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the MME through an S-GW; and, to the location management Sending, by the server, the IP address or prefix supporting mobility and location information of the terminal;
所述 MME设置成: 向所述终端返回所述支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  The MME is configured to: return the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility to the terminal.
43、 如权利要求 42所述的网络侧, 其中,  43. The network side of claim 42, wherein
所述 MME还设置成: 当所述终端发起切换时, 判断所述终端的 IP地址 或前缀是否支持移动性:  The MME is further configured to: when the terminal initiates the handover, determine whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility:
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的分组数据网络(PDN )上下文;  Deleting the IP data address that does not support mobility or the packet data network (PDN) context corresponding to the prefix for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发在所述终端的目标 P-GW为所述 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更 新所述终端的位置信息。  For the IP address or prefix supporting mobility, the target P-GW at the terminal is triggered to create a PDN context for the IP address or prefix supporting the mobility, and the location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server.
44、 如权利要求 42所述的网络侧, 其中,  44. The network side of claim 42, wherein
所述 P-GW还设置成: 所述终端从 S-GW切换到目标 S-GW后, 且当所 述 P-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 判断所述终端的 IP 地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The P-GW is further configured to: after the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S-GW, and when the P-GW is the target P-GW selected by the terminal is not the P-GW, determine Whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 P-GW为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终 端的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target P-GW, a PDN context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。 For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, delete the IP address that does not support mobility or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix.
45、如权利要求 42所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括目标 S-GW, 其中: 所述目标 S-GW还设置成:所述终端从所述 S-GW切换到所述目标 S-GW 后, 且当所述目标 S-GW为所述终端选择的目标 P-GW非所述 P-GW时, 判 断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性; 45. The network side of claim 42, the network side further comprising a target S-GW, wherein: the target S-GW is further configured to: the terminal switches from the S-GW to the target S After the GW, and when the target P-GW selected by the target S-GW for the terminal is not the P-GW, determining whether the IP address or prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀,触发所述目标 P-GW为所述支持移动 性的 IP地址或前缀创建 PDN上下文, 并向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终 端的位置信息;  And triggering, by the target P-GW, a PDN context for the mobility-enabled IP address or prefix, and updating the location information of the terminal to the location management server;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文。  For the IP address or prefix that does not support mobility, delete the IP address that does not support mobility or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix.
46、如权利要求 42所述的网络侧, 所述网络侧还包括目标 P-GW, 其中, 所述目标 P-GW设置成: 所述终端从所述 P-GW切换到所述目标 P-GW 的过程中, 判断所述终端的 IP地址或前缀是否支持移动性;  The network side of claim 42, the network side further comprising a target P-GW, wherein the target P-GW is configured to: the terminal switches from the P-GW to the target P- In the process of the GW, determining whether the IP address or the prefix of the terminal supports mobility;
针对不支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 删除所述不支持移动性的 IP地址 或前缀对应的 PDN上下文;  Deleting the IP address that does not support mobility or the PDN context corresponding to the prefix for an IP address or prefix that does not support mobility;
针对支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀, 向所述位置管理服务器更新所述终端 的位置信息。  The location information of the terminal is updated to the location management server for an IP address or prefix supporting mobility.
47、 一种请求获取支持移动性的互联网协议(IP )地址的方法, 包括: 终端向接入路由器发送请求消息, 请求所述接入路由器为所述终端分配 支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  47. A method for requesting access to an Internet Protocol (IP) address supporting mobility, comprising: a terminal sending a request message to an access router, requesting the access router to allocate a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal.
48、 一种终端, 其设置成: 向接入路由器发送请求消息, 请求所述接入 路由器为所述终端分配支持移动性的 IP地址或前缀。  48. A terminal, configured to: send a request message to an access router, requesting the access router to allocate a mobility-capable IP address or prefix to the terminal.
PCT/CN2013/000849 2012-08-24 2013-07-15 Method, terminal and network side for requesting ip supporting mobility WO2013177954A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201210303980.3A CN103634853A (en) 2012-08-24 2012-08-24 Method, terminal and network side for requesting IP supporting mobility
CN201210303980.3 2012-08-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013177954A1 true WO2013177954A1 (en) 2013-12-05

Family

ID=49672364

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/000849 WO2013177954A1 (en) 2012-08-24 2013-07-15 Method, terminal and network side for requesting ip supporting mobility

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103634853A (en)
WO (1) WO2013177954A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2676533C1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2019-01-09 Хуавэй Текнолоджиз Ко., Лтд. Method and device of assigning the ip address

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105284177A (en) * 2014-05-20 2016-01-27 华为技术有限公司 Mobility management entity, user equipment and routing optimisation method
CN105611590B (en) * 2016-01-25 2019-05-07 北京全路通信信号研究设计院集团有限公司 A kind of seamless handover method and system of vehicle-mounted access unit

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101047558A (en) * 2006-06-14 2007-10-03 华为技术有限公司 Local mobile management system and method based on network
CN101232699A (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-30 华为技术有限公司 System and method for determining terminal mobility management type
WO2009035294A2 (en) * 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method for communicating using internet protocol
CN101568163A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Network selection method, mobile terminal, and IP address processing method and system

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101567900B (en) * 2008-04-25 2012-11-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and system for establishing data connection
CN101448252B (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Network switching implementation method, system thereof and mobile nodes
CN102026145B (en) * 2009-09-10 2014-01-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Local IP access method and system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101047558A (en) * 2006-06-14 2007-10-03 华为技术有限公司 Local mobile management system and method based on network
CN101232699A (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-30 华为技术有限公司 System and method for determining terminal mobility management type
WO2009035294A2 (en) * 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method for communicating using internet protocol
CN101568163A (en) * 2008-04-25 2009-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Network selection method, mobile terminal, and IP address processing method and system

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2676533C1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2019-01-09 Хуавэй Текнолоджиз Ко., Лтд. Method and device of assigning the ip address
US10869189B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2020-12-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. IP address assignment method and apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103634853A (en) 2014-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5044020B2 (en) Method, system and apparatus for supporting addressing of user static IP address in LTE system
JP7046487B2 (en) UE, core network device and UE communication control method
KR101044685B1 (en) Method and network equipment for establishing and deleting resource
EP2908566B1 (en) Method and system for realizing mobility management of evolved packet core network
JP6184406B2 (en) (RSRVCC) handover from UTLAN to LTE
WO2018145671A1 (en) Cross-system handover method and device, and computer storage medium
US20110007748A1 (en) Method, system and apparatus for optimizing routes
US11102826B2 (en) Terminal device, base station device, MME, and communication control method
US20120207137A1 (en) Method for Managing Local IP Access Connection
WO2011050678A1 (en) Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture
JP2014057379A (en) Communication system, communication control method and user device
WO2007076729A1 (en) A handover method for the mobile user as well as the device and the communication system and the evolution network device
WO2014121760A1 (en) Method and device for selecting network apparatus during switching
WO2008052467A1 (en) A handover method and handover system between heterogeneous access systems
WO2010031353A1 (en) A processing method, device and system of service request
WO2009097772A1 (en) Control method, communication system and relative device for resource release
WO2009152713A1 (en) An information processing method based on the limiting signaling and a related device
WO2014183696A1 (en) Path establishment method, controller and mobility management entity
WO2014067474A1 (en) Direct handover method and device
WO2011085618A1 (en) Method for terminal switching and corresponding communication network
WO2011140888A1 (en) Communication system and method for enhanced single radio voice call continuity
KR20190004220A (en) Method of upf device relocation for 5g terminal service continuity management
WO2011079667A1 (en) Local internet protocol (ip) access or selected internet protocol traffic offload establishment method and system
CN105325031B (en) Service path changing method and device
WO2010072135A1 (en) Method, device and system for network handoff

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13797153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13797153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1